Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Dynamic Programming

291 missions · 169 completed

Missions

Open122Completed169All291
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximate Markov-Nash Equilibria for Discrete-Time Risk-Sensitive Mean-Field Games 2: The Mean-Field Equilibrium Policy Is an ε-Markov-Nash Equilibrium of Every Large Enough N-Agent GameResearch Paper

Motivation

Games with many interacting agents, such as traffic participants, users of a shared communication channel or firms in a market, are rarely solvable exactly: a Nash equilibrium of an NNN-player stochastic game requires each agent to track the whole population, and its computation grows with NNN. Mean-field game theory replaces the population by its limiting distribution. A single representative agent faces a deterministic flow of state distributions, and consistency requires that this flow is the one the agent's own optimal policy generates. The equilibrium of this limit problem is then used as an approximate equilibrium of the finite game, with each agent acting only on its own state.

Most of this theory concerns risk-neutral agents, who minimize an expected cost. Saldi, Başar and Raginsky (arXiv:1808.03929; Math. Oper. Res. 2020) treat discrete-time agents with an exponential utility of the discounted cost, the classical risk-sensitive criterion that penalizes the variance of the cost as well as its mean. The paper proves two results: a mean-field equilibrium exists (Theorem 1, the first mission of this series), and the equilibrium policy is an approximate Nash equilibrium of every large enough finite game (Theorem 3, this mission). The risk-neutral counterpart is Saldi, Başar and Raginsky, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2018 (arXiv:1612.07878).

Setting

States lie in a Polish metric space X\mathsf XX, actions in a compact Polish space A\mathsf AA, and P(X)\mathcal P(\mathsf X)P(X) is the set of Borel probability measures with the weak topology. The model consists of a transition kernel p(⋅∣x,a,μ)p(\cdot\mid x,a,\mu)p(⋅∣x,a,μ), a one-stage cost c(x,a,μ)≥0c(x,a,\mu)\ge0c(x,a,μ)≥0, an initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​, a discount factor β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) and a risk factor λ>0\lambda>0λ>0.

In the NNN-agent game, the states xiN(0)x^N_i(0)xiN​(0) are i.i.d. μ0\mu_0μ0​. At each time ttt, agent iii draws aiN(t)∼πti(⋅∣xiN(t))a^N_i(t)\sim\pi^i_t(\cdot\mid x^N_i(t))aiN​(t)∼πti​(⋅∣xiN​(t)) from its Markov policy πi\pi^iπi, and the next states are drawn independently from p(⋅∣xiN(t),aiN(t),et(N))p(\cdot\mid x^N_i(t),a^N_i(t),e^{(N)}_t)p(⋅∣xiN​(t),aiN​(t),et(N)​), where et(N)=1N∑jδxjN(t)e^{(N)}_t=\frac1N\sum_{j}\delta_{x^N_j(t)}et(N)​=N1​∑j​δxjN​(t)​ is the empirical distribution of the states. Agent iii's cost is

Ji(N)(π(N))=Eπ(N)[eλ∑t=0∞βtc(xiN(t),aiN(t),et(N))].J^{(N)}_i(\boldsymbol\pi^{(N)})=E^{\boldsymbol\pi^{(N)}}\Big[e^{\lambda\sum_{t=0}^\infty\beta^tc(x^N_i(t),a^N_i(t),e^{(N)}_t)}\Big].Ji(N)​(π(N))=Eπ(N)[eλ∑t=0∞​βtc(xiN​(t),aiN​(t),et(N)​)].

A profile is an ε\varepsilonε-Markov-Nash equilibrium if no agent can lower its Ji(N)J^{(N)}_iJi(N)​ by more than ε\varepsilonε by switching to another Markov policy.

In the mean-field game, one agent faces a flow μ=(μt)\boldsymbol\mu=(\mu_t)μ=(μt​): x(t+1)∼p(⋅∣x(t),a(t),μt)x(t+1)\sim p(\cdot\mid x(t),a(t),\mu_t)x(t+1)∼p(⋅∣x(t),a(t),μt​), with cost Jμ(π)=Eπ[eλ∑tβtc(x(t),a(t),μt)]J_{\boldsymbol\mu}(\pi)=E^\pi[e^{\lambda\sum_t\beta^tc(x(t),a(t),\mu_t)}]Jμ​(π)=Eπ[eλ∑t​βtc(x(t),a(t),μt​)]. A mean-field equilibrium is a pair (π,μ)(\pi,\boldsymbol\mu)(π,μ) in which π\piπ minimizes JμJ_{\boldsymbol\mu}Jμ​ and μ=Λ(π)\boldsymbol\mu=\Lambda(\pi)μ=Λ(π) is the flow of state laws that π\piπ generates.

The hypotheses are Assumption 1 (bounded continuous ccc with ∣c∣≤K|c|\le K∣c∣≤K, weakly continuous ppp, compact A\mathsf AA, and a moment function www with ∫w dp≤αw\int w\,dp\le\alpha w∫wdp≤αw and ∫w dμ0<∞\int w\,d\mu_0<\infty∫wdμ0​<∞) and Assumption 2. Part (a) of Assumption 2 asks that the moduli

ωp(r)=sup⁡x,asup⁡dBL(μ,ν)≤r∥p(⋅∣x,a,μ)−p(⋅∣x,a,ν)∥TV,ωc(r)=sup⁡x,asup⁡dBL(μ,ν)≤r∣c(x,a,μ)−c(x,a,ν)∣\omega_p(r)=\sup_{x,a}\sup_{d_{BL}(\mu,\nu)\le r}\|p(\cdot\mid x,a,\mu)-p(\cdot\mid x,a,\nu)\|_{TV},\qquad\omega_c(r)=\sup_{x,a}\sup_{d_{BL}(\mu,\nu)\le r}|c(x,a,\mu)-c(x,a,\nu)|ωp​(r)=x,asup​dBL​(μ,ν)≤rsup​∥p(⋅∣x,a,μ)−p(⋅∣x,a,ν)∥TV​,ωc​(r)=x,asup​dBL​(μ,ν)≤rsup​∣c(x,a,μ)−c(x,a,ν)∣

tend to 000, where dBLd_{BL}dBL​ is the bounded-Lipschitz metric. Part (b) asks that the equilibrium policy π\piπ be weakly continuous in the state.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 23)

For every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is N(ε)N(\varepsilon)N(ε) such that, for every N≥N(ε)N\ge N(\varepsilon)N≥N(ε), the profile (π,…,π)(\pi,\dots,\pi)(π,…,π) is an ε\varepsilonε-Markov-Nash equilibrium:

Ji(N)(π,…,π)≤inf⁡σ∈MJi(N)(π,…,σ,…,π)+εfor all i.J^{(N)}_i(\pi,\dots,\pi)\le\inf_{\sigma\in\mathsf M}J^{(N)}_i(\pi,\dots,\sigma,\dots,\pi)+\varepsilon\qquad\text{for all }i .Ji(N)​(π,…,π)≤σ∈Minf​Ji(N)​(π,…,σ,…,π)+εfor all i.

The statement fixes no rate. It is the paper's main approximation result.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof. The first seven work in an augmented model, whose state s=(x,c)s=(x,c)s=(x,c) carries the accumulated discounted cost, so that the exponential criterion becomes a terminal cost eλc(n+1)e^{\lambda c(n+1)}eλc(n+1). They are: Proposition 6 (the augmented model has the same finite-horizon costs); Lemma 5 (the augmented flow Δt+1=ΔtPt,Δtπ\Delta_{t+1}=\Delta_tP^\pi_{t,\Delta_t}Δt+1​=Δt​Pt,Δt​π​); Proposition 7 (propagation of chaos, L(Δt(N))→δΔt\mathcal L(\Delta^{(N)}_t)\to\delta_{\Delta_t}L(Δt(N)​)→δΔt​​); Proposition 8 (convergence of the augmented cost); Proposition 9 (propagation of chaos with one deviating agent); Proposition 10 (the deviating agent's state law); Proposition 11 (the deviating agent's augmented cost). The last three are stated in the original model: Theorem 4 (the finite-horizon limits (14)–(15)), Corollary 1 (the infinite-horizon comparison), and the first display of the proof of Theorem 3 (deviations may be restricted to weakly continuous policies).

Significance

Theorem 3 justifies the use of a mean-field equilibrium as a decentralized policy in risk-sensitive games with many players. The equilibrium is computed once, from a single-agent problem, and each agent uses only its own state, yet no agent of a large enough population gains more than ε\varepsilonε by deviating. The result extends the risk-neutral approximation theorem to the multiplicative criterion. Because the exponential cost does not decompose over time, the risk-neutral argument cannot be applied directly: the proof first passes through the augmented model and a finite-horizon truncation.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it is formalized. The mission formalizes the statement and the proof's intermediate results. That requires the NNN-agent law, a product of NNN kernels driven by the empirical measure, built from Mathlib's Ionescu-Tulcea construction, and propagation of chaos for an interacting Markov chain on a Polish space. Alternative proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are quantitative versions of the limits.

Difficulty

The cost is the expectation of a product of one-stage factors, not a sum, so the convergence of the empirical measure gives no direct control of it. The paper therefore enlarges the state with the accumulated cost, and the finite-horizon limits must then be transferred back to the infinite horizon through a uniform tail bound. The coupling between agents runs through the empirical measure, which enters both the transition and the cost. Propagation of chaos (Proposition 7) is an induction over time that needs continuity of ppp and ccc in the measure argument uniformly in (x,a)(x,a)(x,a) (Assumption 2-(a)) and a conditional variance bound. The deviating agent is not exchangeable with the others: its state law must be compared with that of a mean-field chain under its own policy (Proposition 10), uniformly over arbitrary sequences of deviations. Finally, a best response may be only measurable. The reduction to weakly continuous deviations, which the paper takes from its risk-neutral predecessor, is needed before any weak-convergence argument applies.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace RiskSensMFG.Nash. The definitions are in four files: the model, policies, the single-agent law and the flow (Model); the mean-field equilibrium, dBLd_{BL}dBL​, total variation and Assumption 2-(a) (Equilibrium); the NNN-agent game (Game); and the augmented model (Augmented). Conventions:

  • X\mathsf XX is a complete separable metric space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-field, and A\mathsf AA is a compact Polish space. P(X)\mathcal P(\mathsf X)P(X) is Mathlib's ProbabilityMeasure with the weak topology and its Borel σ\sigmaσ-field (not the Giry one), and ppp is a Markov Kernel. The standing assumptions β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and c≥0c\ge0c≥0 measurable are a predicate Model.Standing. Assumption 1 is stated in full, including the moment function, although the proof of Theorem 3 does not use parts (d)–(e).
  • Time is 0-based. Agents are indexed by Fin N, and the paper's Agent 1 is index 0; limits in NNN are taken along N+1N+1N+1 so that Agent 1 exists. The empirical measure of the empty configuration is set to μ0\mu_0μ0​ and enters no statement.
  • The equilibrium's optimality is required against Markov policies only, which is a weaker hypothesis than Definition 3's optimality over all policies, so the goal is at least as strong as printed. The ε\varepsilonε of Definition 2 is on the scale of J=E[eλ∑βtc]J=E[e^{\lambda\sum\beta^tc}]J=E[eλ∑βtc]. Equilibrium and optimality are stated in "for every deviation" form, with no infimum over a type.
  • Assumption 2-(a) and the modulus ωg\omega_gωg​ of Proposition 10 are written as ε\varepsilonε–δ\deltaδ statements, which is equivalent to "ω(r)→0\omega(r)\to0ω(r)→0" because the moduli are nondecreasing. Total variation is sup⁡∣g∣≤1∣∫g dμ−∫g dν∣\sup_{|g|\le1}|\int g\,d\mu-\int g\,d\nu|sup∣g∣≤1​∣∫gdμ−∫gdν∣.
  • The augmented cost coordinate is the discounted sum ∑k<tβkc(⋅)\sum_{k<t}\beta^kc(\cdot)∑k<t​βkc(⋅); the page prints it without βk\beta^kβk, which contradicts PtP_tPt​. The coordinate lies in R\mathbb RR rather than [0,L][0,L][0,L], because X×[0,L]\mathsf X\times[0,L]X×[0,L] is not invariant under PtP_tPt​, and the terminal cost is eλmax⁡(0,min⁡(c,L))e^{\lambda\max(0,\min(c,L))}eλmax(0,min(c,L)), which equals eλce^{\lambda c}eλc on reachable states. Corollary 1's printed "lim⁡≥\lim\gelim≥" (the limit is not shown to exist) is stated as three limit and eventual-inequality claims.

No hypothesis is vacuous: a sorry-free check exhibits a model satisfying the standing assumptions, Assumptions 1 and 2 and the equilibrium condition simultaneously, with Ji(N)≥1J^{(N)}_i\ge1Ji(N)​≥1. This rules out the trivial reading in which a non-integrable integrand makes every cost 000 and every profile an ε\varepsilonε-equilibrium. Theorem 1 (existence of the equilibrium) is the other mission of the series; here the equilibrium is a hypothesis.

Selected references

  • N. Saldi, T. Başar, M. Raginsky, Discrete-time Risk-sensitive Mean-field Games, arXiv:1808.03929v2, 2018; published as Approximate Markov-Nash Equilibria for Discrete-Time Risk-Sensitive Mean-Field Games, Math. Oper. Res. 45(4), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1808.03929, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.1044
  • N. Saldi, T. Başar, M. Raginsky, Markov–Nash Equilibria in Mean-Field Games with Discounted Cost, SIAM J. Control Optim. 56(6), 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.07878
  • N. Bäuerle, U. Rieder, More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes, Math. Oper. Res. 39(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0601
  • O. Hernández-Lerma, J. B. Lasserre, Discrete-Time Markov Control Processes: Basic Optimality Criteria, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0729-0
  • R. M. Dudley, Real Analysis and Probability, Cambridge University Press, 2002 (§11.3, the bounded-Lipschitz metric). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511755347
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Bayesian Prophet: A Low-Regret Framework for Online Decision Making: Constant Regret of the Fluid Bayes Selector for the Multi-Secretary ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

In online allocation, requests arrive one at a time and each must be accepted or rejected on arrival, using a limited budget of resources. Revenue management, ad allocation and hiring all fit this pattern. A natural benchmark for an online policy is the prophet, or Offline: the decision maker who sees the whole arrival sequence in advance and acts optimally on it. The regret of a policy is the expected gap between Offline's value and the policy's value. Policies that track a fixed solution of a fluid relaxation lose on the order of T\sqrt TT​ (Proposition 1 of the paper), so the question is whether a simple adaptive policy can achieve regret bounded independently of TTT and of the budget.

The simplest such problem is the multi-secretary problem: hire at most BBB of TTT sequentially arriving candidates, each drawn i.i.d. from finitely many ability classes. Arlotto and Gurvich (Stochastic Systems 2019) showed that a budget-ratio policy has regret bounded uniformly in TTT and BBB, using a martingale argument. Vera and Banerjee (SSRN 3158062; Management Science 2021) introduced the compensated coupling, a sample-path identity that expresses the regret of any online policy as the compensation Offline must be paid to follow it. They used it to prove constant regret for a simple re-solve-and-threshold rule, the Fluid Bayes Selector, with the explicit constant rmax⁡∑j>12/pjr_{\max}\sum_{j>1}2/p_jrmax​∑j>1​2/pj​. This mission formalizes that result together with the compensated coupling it rests on.

Setting

A finite-horizon online decision problem has states SSS, arrival types Θ\ThetaΘ, actions AAA, a transition function T(a,s,j)T(a,s,j)T(a,s,j), a reward function R(a,s,j)R(a,s,j)R(a,s,j), and a set F(s)\mathcal F(s)F(s) of feasible actions in each state. Time is counted as time to go: decisions are made at t=T,T−1,…,1t=T,T-1,\dots,1t=T,T−1,…,1, and θt\theta^tθt is the type arriving at time-to-go ttt. A standing assumption requires the best feasible reward in every state to be attained and to lie in a fixed bounded interval.

Given the whole arrival sequence, Offline's value obeys the Bellman equation

Voff(0,s)=0,Voff(t,s)=max⁡a∈F(s){R(a,s,θt)+Voff(t−1,T(a,s,θt))}.V^{\mathrm{off}}(0,s)=0,\qquad V^{\mathrm{off}}(t,s)=\max_{a\in\mathcal F(s)}\{R(a,s,\theta^t)+V^{\mathrm{off}}(t-1,T(a,s,\theta^t))\}.Voff(0,s)=0,Voff(t,s)=a∈F(s)max​{R(a,s,θt)+Voff(t−1,T(a,s,θt))}.

An online policy chooses a feasible action at each time from the arrivals observed so far. Starting from ST=s0S^T=s_0ST=s0​ it produces a state process StS^tSt and a value Von=∑tR(πon(t,St,θt),St,θt)V^{\mathrm{on}}=\sum_{t}R(\pi^{\mathrm{on}}(t,S^t,\theta^t),S^t,\theta^t)Von=∑t​R(πon(t,St,θt),St,θt), and its regret on a path is Reg=Voff(T,s0)−Von\mathrm{Reg}=V^{\mathrm{off}}(T,s_0)-V^{\mathrm{on}}Reg=Voff(T,s0​)−Von. An action is satisfying for Offline at (t,s)(t,s)(t,s) when it attains the Bellman maximum. The disagreement set Q(t,a,s)Q(t,a,s)Q(t,a,s) is the set of paths on which it does not, and the marginal compensation ∂R(t,a,s)\partial R(t,a,s)∂R(t,a,s) is the amount by which it falls short.

In the multi-secretary problem there are nnn classes with rewards r1≥r2≥⋯≥rn≥0r_1\ge r_2\ge\dots\ge r_n\ge0r1​≥r2​≥⋯≥rn​≥0 and arrival probabilities pj>0p_j>0pj​>0, i.i.d. over time (multinomial arrivals). The state is the remaining budget bbb. Accepting needs b≥1b\ge1b≥1, earns rjr_jrj​ and lowers the budget by one; rejecting earns nothing. With pˉj=∑i≤jpi\bar p_j=\sum_{i\le j}p_ipˉ​j​=∑i≤j​pi​, the Fluid Bayes Selector (Algorithm 2, in the rounded form of Appendix B.3) behaves as follows at time-to-go ttt with budget bbb. If b=0b=0b=0 it rejects. Otherwise it always accepts class 111, and it accepts a class j>1j>1j>1 iff b/t≥pˉj−pj/2b/t\ge\bar p_j-p_j/2b/t≥pˉ​j​−pj​/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 18)

For every horizon TTT and every initial budget BBB,

E[Reg] ≤ rmax⁡∑j>12pj ≤ 2(n−1) rmax⁡pmin⁡,\mathbb E[\mathrm{Reg}]\ \le\ r_{\max}\sum_{j>1}\frac{2}{p_j}\ \le\ \frac{2(n-1)\,r_{\max}}{p_{\min}},E[Reg] ≤ rmax​j>1∑​pj​2​ ≤ pmin​2(n−1)rmax​​,

where rmax⁡=max⁡jrjr_{\max}=\max_jr_jrmax​=maxj​rj​ and pmin⁡=min⁡jpjp_{\min}=\min_jp_jpmin​=minj​pj​. The goal keeps the paper's explicit constant: neither TTT nor BBB appears in it.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (Compensated Coupling), pathwise: Reg=∑t∈[T]∂R(t,πon(t,St,θt),St) 1Q(t,St)\mathrm{Reg}=\sum_{t\in[T]}\partial R(t,\pi^{\mathrm{on}}(t,S^t,\theta^t),S^t)\,\mathbf 1_{Q(t,S^t)}Reg=∑t∈[T]​∂R(t,πon(t,St,θt),St)1Q(t,St)​ for any online policy of any problem.
  2. Lemma 1, in expectation: E[Reg]≤max⁡a,j∂r(a,j)∑tP[Q(t,St)]\mathbb E[\mathrm{Reg}]\le\max_{a,j}\partial r(a,j)\sum_t\mathbb P[Q(t,S^t)]E[Reg]≤maxa,j​∂r(a,j)∑t​P[Q(t,St)].
  3. Eq. (18): P[X−EX≤−tε]\mathbb P[X-\mathbb E X\le-t\varepsilon]P[X−EX≤−tε] and P[X−EX≥tε]\mathbb P[X-\mathbb E X\ge t\varepsilon]P[X−EX≥tε] are at most e−2ε2te^{-2\varepsilon^2t}e−2ε2t for X∼Bin(t,α)X\sim\mathrm{Bin}(t,\alpha)X∼Bin(t,α).
  4. Appendix B.3, conditions (1)–(2): when Offline is not satisfied rejecting or accepting the current arrival.
  5. Appendix B.3, disagreement bound: q1(t,b)=0q_1(t,b)=0q1​(t,b)=0 and qj(t,b)≤e−pj2t/2q_j(t,b)\le e^{-p_j^2t/2}qj​(t,b)≤e−pj2​t/2 for j>1j>1j>1, uniformly in the budget bbb.
  6. Appendix B.3, total compensation: ∑t≤Tq(t,Bt)≤∑j>1pj∑t≤Te−pj2t/2≤∑j>12/pj\sum_{t\le T}q(t,B^t)\le\sum_{j>1}p_j\sum_{t\le T}e^{-p_j^2t/2}\le\sum_{j>1}2/p_j∑t≤T​q(t,Bt)≤∑j>1​pj​∑t≤T​e−pj2​t/2≤∑j>1​2/pj​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 gives the best known regret bound for the multi-secretary problem with an explicit, simple constant. The compensated coupling (Lemma 1) holds for any finite-horizon problem with exogenous arrivals. It turns a regret bound into a bound on disagreement probabilities, and the paper reuses it for online packing, online matching and general online allocation, and for Bayes Selectors whose disagreement probabilities are only estimated.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of the compensated coupling, is known to us. The mission produces a reusable formal model of finite-horizon online decision problems with an Offline benchmark. It also produces a formal compensated-coupling identity that applies to any policy, and a binomial Chernoff–Hoeffding bound in elementary finite-sum form. Each of these supports other missions on prophet benchmarks, resolving heuristics and network revenue management.

Difficulty

Comparing the online policy with one fixed offline solution does not work: Offline's optimal decisions change with every future arrival, and tracking a single offline plan only gives regret of order T\sqrt TT​. The compensated coupling avoids this by re-coupling Offline to Online at every step. That shifts the difficulty to two places. The first is an exact description of when Offline's Bellman equation disagrees with the policy, which involves ties between equal rewards and the boundary budget b=0b=0b=0. The second is a bound on the conditional probability of disagreement that is uniform over all budgets. That conditional probability is a binomial tail evaluated at a budget that is itself random but independent of the remaining arrivals.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Types are Fin n with [NeZero n], and Lean index 0 is the paper's class 111.
  • The ordering r1≥⋯≥rnr_1\ge\dots\ge r_nr1​≥⋯≥rn​ is Antitone r, so ties are allowed.
  • Rewards are real and non-negative. This is the paper's implicit assumption (rewards are abilities), made explicit.
  • The probabilities satisfy pj>0p_j>0pj​>0 and ∑jpj=1\sum_jp_j=1∑j​pj​=1.
  • Time is time-to-go. θ t is the arrival at time-to-go t, and the counts Z(t)Z(t)Z(t) include the current arrival.
  • Feasibility is an explicit set of actions rather than a reward of −∞-\infty−∞. Offline's value is a real supremum over feasible actions, which equals the Bellman maximum under the standing assumption.
  • Offline is the integer full-information optimum of the Bellman equation (2). It is not defined through an LP relaxation.
  • For the multi-secretary goal, the expectation is the explicit finite sum over the nTn^TnT type sequences weighted by ∏tpθt\prod_tp_{\theta^t}∏t​pθt​. Lemma 1's expectation bound is stated on an abstract probability space with integrable regret.
  • E[P[Q∣St]]\mathbb E[\mathbb P[Q\mid S^t]]E[P[Q∣St]] is written as P[Q]\mathbb P[Q]P[Q] (tower property).
  • The maximal compensation max⁡a,j∂r(a,j)\max_{a,j}\partial r(a,j)maxa,j​∂r(a,j) is replaced by any upper bound CCC on the compensations of feasible actions.
  • Conditions (1)–(2) of Appendix B.3 are stated through counts of future arrivals with a better (or equal) reward, which is the exact Bellman characterization. The paper phrases them through a solution X⋆tX^{\star t}X⋆t of (Pt⋆)(P^\star_t)(Pt⋆​), which is not unique when rewards tie.
  • The disagreement bounds are stated for every fixed budget bbb, and the total-compensation bound for every budget sequence. Since BtB^tBt is independent of the last ttt arrivals, these imply the paper's statements at the random budget BtB^tBt.

The policy is the rounded rule of Appendix B.3, which always accepts class 111 when the budget is positive. Algorithm 2 read literally would reject class 111 when b<tp1/2b<tp_1/2b<tp1​/2, and the bound ∑j>1\sum_{j>1}∑j>1​, which excludes class 111, is proved for the Appendix B.3 rule. The policy is defined by its explicit thresholds and not through an arbitrary optimal solution of the fluid LP, because with tied rewards that LP has several solutions.

A formalization that replaced the expectation by a Bochner integral of a non-measurable function, or Offline by a fluid relaxation, would make the bound trivial or a different theorem. Both are excluded by construction.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, a proof of Eq. (18) from Mathlib's sub-Gaussian machinery, and lemmas computing Offline's value in the multi-secretary problem (the top-bbb rewards among the remaining arrivals), which are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Vera and S. Banerjee, The Bayesian Prophet: A Low-Regret Framework for Online Decision Making, SSRN 3158062 (Management Science 67(3), 2021). https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3158062
  • A. Arlotto and I. Gurvich, Uniformly bounded regret in the multisecretary problem, Stochastic Systems 9(3), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/stsy.2018.0028
  • D. Dubhashi and A. Panconesi, Concentration of Measure for the Analysis of Randomized Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511581274
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximate Markov-Nash Equilibria for Discrete-Time Risk-Sensitive Mean-Field Games 1: A Risk-Sensitive Mean-Field Game with Compact Actions and Weakly Continuous Kernel Has a Mean-Field EquilibriumResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean-field games describe large populations of identical agents who interact only through the distribution of their states. Each agent solves a stochastic control problem in which the population appears through a deterministic flow of distributions, and an equilibrium requires that this flow coincide with the distribution the agents generate themselves. The theory goes back to Huang, Malhamé and Caines (2006) and Lasry and Lions (2007) in continuous time. In discrete time, Saldi, Başar and Raginsky (SIAM J. Control Optim. 2018) proved existence of equilibria for risk-neutral agents with discounted costs on Polish state spaces.

Risk-neutral agents care only about expected cost. Many applications in engineering and finance call for agents that also penalize the variability of their cost. A standard way to model this is the exponential (risk-sensitive) criterion E[exp⁡(λ⋅cost)]E[\exp(\lambda\cdot\text{cost})]E[exp(λ⋅cost)] with risk factor λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. Its theory for single-agent Markov decision processes goes back to Howard and Matheson (1972) and Jacobson (1973), and Bäuerle and Rieder (Math. Oper. Res. 2014) treat general utilities. Saldi, Başar and Raginsky (arXiv:1808.03929, Math. Oper. Res. 2020) carry the discrete-time mean-field program over to this criterion. This mission covers its first main result: existence of a mean-field equilibrium (Theorem 1).

Setting

The state space X\mathsf XX and the action space A\mathsf AA are Polish, and A\mathsf AA is compact. P(E)\mathcal P(E)P(E) denotes the probability measures on EEE, with the topology of weak convergence and its Borel σ-field. The model consists of:

  • a stochastic kernel p(⋅ ∣ x,a,μ)p(\cdot\,|\,x,a,\mu)p(⋅∣x,a,μ) on X\mathsf XX given X×A×P(X)\mathsf X\times\mathsf A\times\mathcal P(\mathsf X)X×A×P(X);
  • a one-stage cost c(x,a,μ)∈[0,K]c(x,a,\mu)\in[0,K]c(x,a,μ)∈[0,K];
  • an initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​, a discount factor β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) and a risk factor λ>0\lambda>0λ>0.

A Markov policy is a sequence π=(πt)t≥0\pi=(\pi_t)_{t\ge0}π=(πt​)t≥0​ of kernels πt(da ∣ x)\pi_t(da\,|\,x)πt​(da∣x). A policy in general is allowed to depend on the whole history (x(0),a(0),…,x(t))(x(0),a(0),\dots,x(t))(x(0),a(0),…,x(t)). Given a measure flow μ=(μt)t≥0⊂P(X)\mu=(\mu_t)_{t\ge0}\subset\mathcal P(\mathsf X)μ=(μt​)t≥0​⊂P(X), a generic agent evolves as

x(0)∼μ0,a(t)∼πt(⋅ ∣ history),x(t+1)∼p(⋅ ∣ x(t),a(t),μt),x(0)\sim\mu_0,\qquad a(t)\sim\pi_t(\cdot\,|\,\text{history}),\qquad x(t+1)\sim p(\cdot\,|\,x(t),a(t),\mu_t),x(0)∼μ0​,a(t)∼πt​(⋅∣history),x(t+1)∼p(⋅∣x(t),a(t),μt​),

and pays the risk-sensitive cost

Jμ(π)=Eπ[exp⁡(λ∑t=0∞βtc(x(t),a(t),μt))].J_\mu(\pi)=E^\pi\Big[\exp\Big(\lambda\sum_{t=0}^\infty\beta^tc(x(t),a(t),\mu_t)\Big)\Big].Jμ​(π)=Eπ[exp(λt=0∑∞​βtc(x(t),a(t),μt​))].

For a Markov policy, Λ(π)\Lambda(\pi)Λ(π) is the flow of state laws it generates: it starts at μ0\mu_0μ0​ and satisfies μt+1(⋅)=∫p(⋅ ∣ x,a,μt) πt(da∣x) μt(dx)\mu_{t+1}(\cdot)=\int p(\cdot\,|\,x,a,\mu_t)\,\pi_t(da|x)\,\mu_t(dx)μt+1​(⋅)=∫p(⋅∣x,a,μt​)πt​(da∣x)μt​(dx). A pair (π,μ)(\pi,\mu)(π,μ) is a mean-field equilibrium if μ=Λ(π)\mu=\Lambda(\pi)μ=Λ(π) and π\piπ minimizes JμJ_\muJμ​ over all policies.

Assumption 1 asks for the following:

  • (a) ccc is continuous with ∥c∥≤K\|c\|\le K∥c∥≤K;
  • (b) ppp is weakly continuous in (x,a,μ)(x,a,\mu)(x,a,μ);
  • (c) A\mathsf AA is compact;
  • (d) there are α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 and a continuous moment function w≥1w\ge1w≥1 (compact sets Kn↑XK_n\uparrow\mathsf XKn​↑X with inf⁡x∉Knw(x)→∞\inf_{x\notin K_n}w(x)\to\inftyinfx∈/Kn​​w(x)→∞) with ∫w(y) p(dy∣x,a,μ)≤αw(x)\int w(y)\,p(dy|x,a,\mu)\le\alpha w(x)∫w(y)p(dy∣x,a,μ)≤αw(x);
  • (e) ∫w dμ0<∞\int w\,d\mu_0<\infty∫wdμ0​<∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 10)

Under Assumption 1 there are a Markov policy π\piπ and a flow μ\muμ with

μ=Λ(π)andJμ(π)=inf⁡σ∈ΠJμ(σ).\mu=\Lambda(\pi)\qquad\text{and}\qquad J_\mu(\pi)=\inf_{\sigma\in\Pi}J_\mu(\sigma).μ=Λ(π)andJμ​(π)=σ∈Πinf​Jμ​(σ).

Milestones

In the paper's order of proof:

  1. Proposition 1: Markov policies achieve the optimal value.
  2. Lemmas 1–3: the finite- and infinite-horizon optimal value functions Jkn(⋅,λβk)J^n_k(\cdot,\lambda\beta^k)Jkn​(⋅,λβk) and Jk(⋅,λβk)J_k(\cdot,\lambda\beta^k)Jk​(⋅,λβk) of the nonhomogeneous MDP of a fixed flow are bounded and continuous. They satisfy the dynamic programming equation TkJk+1(⋅,λβk+1)=Jk(⋅,λβk)T_kJ_{k+1}(\cdot,\lambda\beta^{k+1})=J_k(\cdot,\lambda\beta^k)Tk​Jk+1​(⋅,λβk+1)=Jk​(⋅,λβk), and
∥Jkn(⋅,λβk)−Jk(⋅,λβk)∥≤λK1−βeλβkK1−ββn+1.\big\|J^n_k(\cdot,\lambda\beta^k)-J_k(\cdot,\lambda\beta^k)\big\|\le\frac{\lambda K}{1-\beta}e^{\frac{\lambda\beta^kK}{1-\beta}}\beta^{n+1}.​Jkn​(⋅,λβk)−Jk​(⋅,λβk)​≤1−βλK​e1−βλβkK​βn+1.
  1. Theorem 2: a Markov policy is optimal if and only if it almost surely selects minimizers in the dynamic programming equation.
  2. Propositions 2–5 and Lemma 4: equilibria are fixed points of a set-valued map Γ\GammaΓ on state–action flows in Ξ=∏t{ν:ν1(w)≤αtM}\Xi=\prod_t\{\nu:\nu_1(w)\le\alpha^tM\}Ξ=∏t​{ν:ν1​(w)≤αtM}; the optimal value functions depend continuously on the flow; and the graph of Γ\GammaΓ is closed in Ξ×Ξ\Xi\times\XiΞ×Ξ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 is what makes the second main result of the paper meaningful. That result, Theorem 3 and the second mission of this series, states that the equilibrium policy is an ε\varepsilonε-Markov–Nash equilibrium of every NNN-agent game with NNN large enough. Equilibria of finite risk-sensitive games with many agents are rarely computable, so a mean-field equilibrium gives an approximately optimal decentralized policy that ignores the other agents' states. Along the way, the paper proves results on nonhomogeneous risk-sensitive MDPs that it describes as "mostly absent and dispersed in the literature": uniform finite-to-infinite horizon bounds and a characterization of optimal Markov policies. These results are useful outside game theory.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper. No part of it, nor of the risk-neutral precursor, has a machine-checked proof. Formalization produces a verified theory of nonhomogeneous risk-sensitive MDPs on Polish spaces, a verified closed-graph argument for the mean-field map, and an exact record of the hypotheses. The paper omits or cites several steps: Proposition 1, Proposition 2, Lemma 2, the conditional optimality (8) and the nonemptiness and convexity of Γ(ν)\Gamma(\nu)Γ(ν). A formalization has to supply them.

Difficulty

The obvious route is Banach's fixed point theorem for the dynamic programming operator, as in risk-neutral discounted MDPs. It fails here: the cost is multiplicative, and the operator TkT_kTk​ is not a contraction. Uniform convergence of value iteration has to come from the explicit tail bound of Lemma 3 instead.

The second obstacle is the fixed point itself. The natural map, from a flow to the flows of its optimal policies, is set-valued and lives on an infinite product of spaces of measures. Kakutani–Fan–Glicksberg applies only after three steps:

  • re-encoding the problem on state–action flows (the map Γ=C∩B\Gamma=C\cap BΓ=C∩B);
  • proving compactness of Ξ\XiΞ through the moment function (tightness);
  • proving that the graph of Γ\GammaΓ is closed (Proposition 4).

The last step requires the optimal value functions to vary continuously with the flow (Proposition 5) and a portmanteau argument for sets defined by optimality conditions. None of this machinery (the Kakutani–Fan–Glicksberg theorem in locally convex spaces, Prokhorov compactness via moment functions, continuous convergence) is in Mathlib in the required form.

Formalization scope

P(E)\mathcal P(E)P(E) is a type synonym of Mathlib's ProbabilityMeasure E with the weak topology and its Borel σ-field. The kernel ppp is a Mathlib Kernel on X×A×P(X)\mathsf X\times\mathsf A\times\mathcal P(\mathsf X)X×A×P(X). Policies are sequences of Markov kernels, and history-dependent policies take (X×A)t×X(\mathsf X\times\mathsf A)^t\times\mathsf X(X×A)t×X as input. The law PπP^\piPπ is built with the Ionescu–Tulcea kernel Kernel.trajMeasure, one coordinate (x(t),a(t))(x(t),a(t))(x(t),a(t)) per time step. Time is 000-based.

Standing hypotheses on every statement:

  • X\mathsf XX and A\mathsf AA are Polish and Borel;
  • A\mathsf AA is compact and nonempty (used tacitly by the paper);
  • β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, and c≥0c\ge0c≥0 is measurable;
  • Assumption 1.

For §4.2 the pair (α,w)(\alpha,w)(α,w) defining Ξ\XiΞ is an explicit argument. In §4.1, "policy" means Markov policy, as the paper states on p. 11. The conditional expectations "given x(k)=xx(k)=xx(k)=x" are expectations for the chain started at time kkk in xxx. Lemma 1 is stated with ζk,n=∑t=knβt\zeta_{k,n}=\sum_{t=k}^n\beta^tζk,n​=∑t=kn​βt, the quantity its proof uses; the page prints ∑t=knβk\sum_{t=k}^n\beta^k∑t=kn​βk.

The goal asks for a Markov equilibrium policy that is optimal against all history-dependent policies, at least as strong as Definition 3. Optimality is "≤\le≤ the cost of every policy", not an infimum, so it has no junk case. The cost is a genuine integral: with c≥0c\ge0c≥0 bounded, the integrand lies in [1,eλK/(1−β)][1,e^{\lambda K/(1-\beta)}][1,eλK/(1−β)], so no policy is trivially optimal. The moment-function predicate has no infimum, so compact X\mathsf XX is admitted.

Contributions are welcome at every level:

  • risk-sensitive dynamic programming on Borel spaces (reusable for any MDP);
  • the Kakutani–Fan–Glicksberg theorem in locally convex spaces;
  • Prokhorov compactness from moment functions;
  • measurable selection and disintegration of state–action measures.

Selected references

  • N. Saldi, T. Başar, M. Raginsky, Discrete-time Risk-sensitive Mean-field Games, arXiv:1808.03929v2, 2018; published as Approximate Markov-Nash Equilibria for Discrete-Time Risk-Sensitive Mean-Field Games, Math. Oper. Res. 45(4), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1808.03929
  • N. Saldi, T. Başar, M. Raginsky, Markov–Nash Equilibria in Mean-Field Games with Discounted Cost, SIAM J. Control Optim. 56(6), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/17M1112583
  • N. Bäuerle, U. Rieder, More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes, Math. Oper. Res. 39(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0601
  • O. Hernández-Lerma, J. B. Lasserre, Discrete-Time Markov Control Processes: Basic Optimality Criteria, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0729-0
  • C. D. Aliprantis, K. C. Border, Infinite Dimensional Analysis, 3rd ed., Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-29587-9
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Type Matching: Under the Modified Monge Condition There Is an Optimal Matching Policy That Respects the Priority Relation ≻MsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many platforms match two sides of a market over time: ride-hailing platforms match riders with drivers, blood banks match donated units with patients, organ allocation matches donors with recipients, and retailers pool inventory across fulfilment centres to serve orders from several regions. Demand and supply arrive in several types (locations, blood groups, quality grades), the reward of a match depends on both types, and whatever is not matched today partly waits for tomorrow. A central operational question is which pairs to match first. Static versions of this question go back to the transportation problem and to Monge sequences: Hoffman (1963) characterized the cost matrices for which a fixed greedy order of the arcs solves a transportation problem.

Hu and Zhou (arXiv:1811.07048, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 24(1), 2022) extend this to a stochastic, multi-period setting. They identify conditions on the rewards, the (weak) modified Monge conditions, under which an optimal dynamic policy matches a dominant pair before the neighbouring pairs it dominates. This mission formalizes their main structural result, Theorem 1, and the chain of results it rests on.

Setting

There are mmm demand types D={1,…,m}\mathcal D=\{1,\dots,m\}D={1,…,m}, nnn supply types S={1,…,n}\mathcal S=\{1,\dots,n\}S={1,…,n}, and TTT periods t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T. In period ttt the state is a pair of vectors (x,y)∈R+m×R+n(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\in\mathbb R^m_+\times\mathbb R^n_+(x,y)∈R+m​×R+n​ of available demand and supply. The firm chooses a matching decision Q=(qij)∈Rm×n\mathbf Q=(q_{ij})\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}Q=(qij​)∈Rm×n, collecting the reward

Rt∘Q=∑i=1m∑j=1nrijtqij,\mathbf R^t\circ\mathbf Q=\sum_{i=1}^m\sum_{j=1}^n r^t_{ij}q_{ij},Rt∘Q=i=1∑m​j=1∑n​rijt​qij​,

where the rewards rijtr^t_{ij}rijt​ are arbitrary real numbers. The post-matching levels are ui=xi−∑jqiju_i=x_i-\sum_j q_{ij}ui​=xi​−∑j​qij​ and vj=yj−∑iqijv_j=y_j-\sum_i q_{ij}vj​=yj​−∑i​qij​, and Q\mathbf QQ is feasible if Q≥0\mathbf Q\ge0Q≥0, u≥0\mathbf u\ge0u≥0 and v≥0\mathbf v\ge0v≥0. A fraction α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] of unmatched demand and β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1] of unmatched supply carries over, and new random quantities (Dt+1,St+1)≥0(\mathbf D^{t+1},\mathbf S^{t+1})\ge0(Dt+1,St+1)≥0 arrive. The value function VtV_tVt​ is defined by the dynamic program

Vt(x,y)=max⁡Q feasibleHt(Q,x,y),Ht(Q,x,y)=Rt∘Q+E Vt+1(αu+Dt+1,βv+St+1),V_t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)=\max_{\mathbf Q\ \text{feasible}}H_t(\mathbf Q,\mathbf x,\mathbf y),\qquad H_t(\mathbf Q,\mathbf x,\mathbf y)=\mathbf R^t\circ\mathbf Q+\mathbb E\,V_{t+1}(\alpha\mathbf u+\mathbf D^{t+1},\beta\mathbf v+\mathbf S^{t+1}),Vt​(x,y)=Q feasiblemax​Ht​(Q,x,y),Ht​(Q,x,y)=Rt∘Q+EVt+1​(αu+Dt+1,βv+St+1),

with VT+1≡0V_{T+1}\equiv0VT+1​≡0. A matching policy assigns a feasible decision Qt(x,y)\mathbf Q^t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)Qt(x,y) to every period and state; it is optimal if each of these decisions maximizes HtH_tHt​.

Two neighbouring pairs are compared by the relation ≻M\succ_{\mathcal M}≻M​. For i′≠ii'\ne ii′=i, (i,j)≻M(i′,j)(i,j)\succ_{\mathcal M}(i',j)(i,j)≻M​(i′,j) means rijt>ri′jtr^t_{ij}>r^t_{i'j}rijt​>ri′jt​ for all ttt, and rijt−ri′jt≥α(rij′′t+1−ri′j′′t+1)r^t_{ij}-r^t_{i'j}\ge\alpha(r^{t+1}_{ij''}-r^{t+1}_{i'j''})rijt​−ri′jt​≥α(rij′′t+1​−ri′j′′t+1​) for all t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1 and all j′′j''j′′; the relation (i,j)≻M(i,j′)(i,j)\succ_{\mathcal M}(i,j')(i,j)≻M​(i,j′) is defined symmetrically with β\betaβ. The modified Monge condition requires rijt+ri′j′t≥rij′t+ri′jtr^t_{ij}+r^t_{i'j'}\ge r^t_{ij'}+r^t_{i'j}rijt​+ri′j′t​≥rij′t​+ri′jt​ whenever (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) dominates both (i′,j)(i',j)(i′,j) and (i,j′)(i,j')(i,j′); the paper then writes ≻Ms\succ_{\mathcal M_s}≻Ms​​. For a pair (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), let aia_iai​ be the type-iii demand left after matching iii through all pairs that (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) does not dominate, and bjb_jbj​ the analogous supply residual. A decision respects ≻Ms\succ_{\mathcal M_s}≻Ms​​ if (i,j)≻(i′,j)(i,j)\succ(i',j)(i,j)≻(i′,j) implies qi′j=0q_{i'j}=0qi′j​=0 or ai=0a_i=0ai​=0, and (i,j)≻(i,j′)(i,j)\succ(i,j')(i,j)≻(i,j′) implies qij′=0q_{ij'}=0qij′​=0 or bj=0b_j=0bj​=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 12)

Under the modified Monge condition there is a single policy PPP such that, for all 1≤t≤T1\le t\le T1≤t≤T and all x,y≥0\mathbf x,\mathbf y\ge0x,y≥0,

Pt(x,y) is optimalandPt(x,y) respects ≻Ms.P_t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\ \text{is optimal}\quad\text{and}\quad P_t(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\ \text{respects}\ \succ_{\mathcal M_s}.Pt​(x,y) is optimalandPt​(x,y) respects ≻Ms​​.

Milestones

  • Proposition 1 (p. 10): VtV_tVt​ and HtH_tHt​ are continuous and concave, and an optimal policy exists.
  • Lemma A.1 (Online Appendix A, p. 1): shifting ε\varepsilonε units of demand from type iii to type i′i'i′ (or of supply from jjj to j′j'j′) changes VtV_tVt​ by at least −∑τ∑j′λj′τ(rij′τ−ri′j′τ)-\sum_\tau\sum_{j'}\lambda^\tau_{j'}(r^\tau_{ij'}-r^\tau_{i'j'})−∑τ​∑j′​λj′τ​(rij′τ​−ri′j′τ​) for some nonnegative multipliers with ∑τα−(τ−t)∑j′λj′τ≤ε\sum_\tau\alpha^{-(\tau-t)}\sum_{j'}\lambda^\tau_{j'}\le\varepsilon∑τ​α−(τ−t)∑j′​λj′τ​≤ε.
  • Lemma A.2 (p. 3): transferring matching quantity from a dominated pair to a dominant one weakly increases HtH_tHt​.
  • Theorem 2 (p. 28): without the Monge condition, some optimal policy weakly respects ≻M\succ_{\mathcal M}≻M​: qi′j=0q_{i'j}=0qi′j​=0 or ui=0u_i=0ui​=0, and qij′=0q_{ij'}=0qij′​=0 or vj=0v_j=0vj​=0.
  • Monge exchange (proof of Theorem 1, p. 4): the transfer Q+ε(eij+ei′j′−ei′j−eij′)\mathbf Q+\varepsilon(\mathbf e_{ij}+\mathbf e_{i'j'}-\mathbf e_{i'j}-\mathbf e_{ij'})Q+ε(eij​+ei′j′​−ei′j​−eij′​) stays feasible and weakly increases HtH_tHt​.
  • Properties (i)–(iii) imply compatibility (proof of Theorem 1, p. 5).

Significance

Theorem 1 replaces the search over all optimal policies, which are state-dependent and generally complex, by a priority structure: whenever (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) dominates a neighbour, the neighbour is matched only once the residual capacity of (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) is exhausted. The paper derives from it the optimality of greedy matching for "perfect" pairs (Proposition 2), the priority order for horizontal (distance-based) and vertical (quality-based) reward structures, and the match-down-to threshold structure of the optimal policy in those models. These results generalize inventory rationing and capacity allocation with upgrading.

The result is proved in the paper, but not completely: the limit argument in the printed proofs of Theorems 1 and 2 ("the quantity transferred converges to zero") is not justified, and Proposition 1 has no printed proof in this version. A machine-checked development would close these gaps and would provide a reusable finite-horizon model with continuous states, concave value functions and an exchange-argument toolkit. No part of this mission is known to be formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious argument starts from an optimal decision and repeatedly applies the transfers of Lemma A.2 and the Monge exchange. Each transfer preserves optimality, but nothing in the printed argument guarantees that the procedure terminates or that its limit has the required property: transfers of different kinds can undo each other's progress, and with equal rewards they can cycle forever. A complete proof has to select the right optimal decision without relying on such an iteration. Before that, the dynamic program itself needs care: the value function is a supremum of an expectation of the next value function, so continuity, concavity, measurability and integrability have to be established together by backward induction, and attainment of the maximum is needed for any optimal policy to exist. Lemma A.1 is a further backward induction in which the multipliers become random and must be averaged.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace DynTypeMatching.Priority. Types are Fin m and Fin n; states are Fin m → ℝ, Fin n → ℝ; decisions are Fin m → Fin n → ℝ. Periods are natural numbers with the paper's 1-based indexing, and Vt=0V_t=0Vt​=0 for t>Tt>Tt>T. A model Model m n carries TTT, the rewards, α\alphaα, β\betaβ and one arrival law per period on Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn. The paper permits exogenous correlation between periods; its recursion (1) uses per-period laws and does not specify a joint arrival process. The expectation in HtH_tHt​ is over the law of the arrivals entering period t+1t+1t+1.

Every result assumes Model.WellPosed: each arrival law is a probability measure, supported on the nonnegative orthant and integrable, and 0≤α,β≤10\le\alpha,\beta\le10≤α,β≤1. Integrability is not stated in the paper, but without it the expectation in (1) is undefined. The value function is a real supremum and the expectation a Bochner integral, so outside the nonnegative orthant, or for non-integrable integrands, Lean returns the junk value 0. All statements therefore quantify over nonnegative states and feasible decisions.

The following hypotheses are added relative to the page, and each is disclosed in the item where it occurs:

  • Definition 1(i) is strict, rijt>ri′jtr^t_{ij}>r^t_{i'j}rijt​>ri′jt​, and the neighbours are distinct. With the printed weak inequality, Theorems 1 and 2 are false. Take m=3m=3m=3, n=1n=1n=1, T=1T=1T=1, all rewards equal to 2, x=(0,1,1)\mathbf x=(0,1,1)x=(0,1,1), y=(1)\mathbf y=(1)y=(1). Then types 2 and 3 dominate each other, every optimal decision matches one unit, and no such decision respects the relation.
  • Definition 1(ii) is required only for t+1≤Tt+1\le Tt+1≤T, because rT+1r^{T+1}rT+1 is not part of the model.
  • Lemma A.1 assumes α>0\alpha>0α>0 in part (i) and β>0\beta>0β>0 in part (ii), because α−(τ−t)\alpha^{-(\tau-t)}α−(τ−t) is undefined at α=0\alpha=0α=0.
  • Lemma A.2 assumes that Q\mathbf QQ itself is feasible.

Several printed index slips are corrected: the doubled εeij\varepsilon\mathbf e_{ij}εeij​ in the Monge exchange, the index ranges in Lemma A.1, and "and" for "or" in the compatibility step.

An optimal decision is defined as a feasible maximizer of HtH_tHt​ over feasible decisions, not through the equation Vt=HtV_t=H_tVt​=Ht​. This rules out a trivializing reading of the goal: a decision that respects the relation but is not optimal (for instance Q=0\mathbf Q=0Q=0) does not satisfy it. The goal asserts one policy that is optimal and compatible at the same time.

A complete development needs measurable-function and Bochner-integral calculus on finite-dimensional spaces, concavity and continuity of parametric suprema over polytopes, and compactness arguments for attainment. The model and the exchange lemmas are reusable for later missions on this paper (greedy matching, horizontal and vertical models). Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • Ming Hu, Yun Zhou, Dynamic Type Matching, arXiv:1811.07048v1, 2018; Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 24(1), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.07048 · https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2020.0952
  • Alan J. Hoffman, On simple linear programming problems, Convexity, Proc. Symposia in Pure Mathematics 7, AMS, 1963, 317–327. https://doi.org/10.1090/pspum/007/0157783
  • Rainer E. Burkard, Bettina Klinz, Rüdiger Rudolf, Perspectives of Monge properties in optimization, Discrete Applied Mathematics 70(2), 1996, 95–161. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-218X(95)00103-X
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Partially Observable Total-Cost Markov Decision Processes with Weakly Continuous Transition Probabilities 2: Setwise-Continuous Observations Do Not Make the Belief Transition Weakly ContinuousResearch Paper

Motivation

A partially observable Markov decision process describes a controlled system whose state is hidden but whose observations are available to a decision maker. The distribution of the hidden state conditional on the observations is the belief state. Replacing the hidden state by this distribution turns the model into a fully observed decision process, provided the resulting belief transition has the regularity needed by the usual existence and dynamic programming results. Feinberg, Kasyanov, and Zgurovsky give sufficient conditions for that regularity in their study of total-cost POMDPs, Theorems 3.6 and 3.7.

Their observation-kernel condition is continuity in total variation. Example 4.1 of the same paper tests its sharpness: the authors construct a two-state model with setwise-continuous observations for which the belief transition fails to be weakly continuous. This matters when selecting assumptions for a POMDP theorem. Setwise convergence already requires convergence of the probabilities of every fixed observation event, so it can look adequate for belief updates. The example shows that it is still too weak for the stated conclusion.

Setting

The hidden state space is X={1,2}X=\{1,2\}X={1,2} and the observation space is Y=[0,1]Y=[0,1]Y=[0,1] with Lebesgue probability measure mmm. The action space is A={0}∪{1/n:n=1,2,…}A=\{0\}\cup\{1/n:n=1,2,\ldots\}A={0}∪{1/n:n=1,2,…}, equipped with the topology inherited from R\mathbb RR. The state does not move: its transition law P(⋅∣x,a)P(\cdot\mid x,a)P(⋅∣x,a) is the point mass at xxx for every action. Its continuity in total variation is immediate from this fixed-state behavior.

At hidden state 1 the observation law is always mmm. At hidden state 2, action zero also produces mmm. Under action 1/n1/n1/n, state 2 produces a law m(n)=f(n)mm^{(n)}=f^{(n)}mm(n)=f(n)m. The density f(n)f^{(n)}f(n) equals zero on the open left half of each cell in the 2n2^n2n-part dyadic partition and equals two elsewhere, including the cell endpoints. Equation (4.1) gives the exact intervals. These laws oscillate more rapidly as nnn grows, and the paper establishes m(n)(C)→m(C)m^{(n)}(C)\to m(C)m(n)(C)→m(C) for every fixed Borel set CCC. Thus the observation kernel Q(⋅∣a,x)Q(\cdot\mid a,x)Q(⋅∣a,x) is setwise continuous even at the accumulation action zero. Example 4.1, pp. 13–14.

A belief z∈P(X)z\in\mathcal P(X)z∈P(X) assigns a probability to each hidden state. For a current belief zzz and an action aaa, the joint law R(⋅∣z,a)R(\cdot\mid z,a)R(⋅∣z,a) covers the next state and its observation, and R′(⋅∣z,a)R'(\cdot\mid z,a)R′(⋅∣z,a) is the observation marginal. A filter H(z,a,y)H(z,a,y)H(z,a,y) is a conditional law of the next state given observation yyy: it satisfies the disintegration identity (3.3). The belief transition qH(⋅∣z,a)q_H(\cdot\mid z,a)qH​(⋅∣z,a) is the law of the random posterior H(z,a,y)H(z,a,y)H(z,a,y) when yyy has law R′(⋅∣z,a)R'(\cdot\mid z,a)R′(⋅∣z,a). These objects are defined in (3.1)–(3.5) of the paper. Different versions of HHH agree only almost everywhere for each current belief and action, yet they yield the same belief transition.

Formalization targets

Example 4.1: failure of weak belief continuity

At the uniform belief z=(1/2,1/2)z=(1/2,1/2)z=(1/2,1/2), action zero reveals nothing, while every positive-index action produces the same two-point posterior law:

qH(⋅∣z,0)=δz,qH(⋅∣z,1/n)=34δ(1/3,2/3)+14δ(1,0)(n≥1).q_H(\cdot\mid z,0)=\delta_z,\qquad q_H(\cdot\mid z,1/n)=\tfrac34\delta_{(1/3,2/3)}+\tfrac14\delta_{(1,0)} \quad(n\ge1).qH​(⋅∣z,0)=δz​,qH​(⋅∣z,1/n)=43​δ(1/3,2/3)​+41​δ(1,0)​(n≥1).

The mission's goal asserts that PPP is total-variation continuous, QQQ is a setwise-continuous probability kernel, a valid filter exists, and the positive-index laws fail to converge weakly to the zero-action law as 1/n→01/n\to01/n→0. It states the failure for every filter satisfying (3.3), so it is a property of the POMDP rather than of a selected version of its conditional distribution. The milestone list follows the paper's assertions: setwise convergence of the dyadic laws, setwise continuity of QQQ, the two posterior values almost everywhere, and the explicit laws of qHq_HqH​.

Significance

The example identifies a precise boundary of the sufficient condition in Theorems 3.6 and 3.7. Those theorems use total-variation continuity of the observation law to obtain a weakly continuous belief transition; replacing that premise by setwise continuity makes their continuity conclusion false in this model. The explicit law also shows the size of the discrepancy: the positive-index belief transition has two fixed atoms, while the zero-action transition is concentrated at the original belief. Example 4.1, pp. 13–14.

A machine-checked development would add reusable definitions of sequential kernel continuity, the joint state-observation law, conditional filters, and the belief transition on the Borel space of probability measures. It would also formalize a concrete setwise-convergent sequence of densities whose induced posterior laws do not converge weakly. The paper proves the example; the Lean statements in this proposal are open proof targets, with no completed machine-checked proof claimed here.

Difficulty

Setwise continuity controls Q(C∣a,x)Q(C\mid a,x)Q(C∣a,x) for each fixed Borel set CCC. A posterior is a probability measure determined by the observation, and the belief transition tests the distribution of those posterior measures. The observation regions distinguishing the states change with nnn, so convergence on fixed observation sets does not imply convergence of their posterior distributions. This is the gap in the immediate argument that tries to pass from setwise convergence of QQQ to weak convergence of qHq_HqH​.

The conditional filter adds a second precision issue. Equation (3.3) determines its values only almost surely under the observation marginal, and different versions may disagree on null observations. Any claim about a posterior value at every yyy would exceed the source; the posterior milestone therefore has an almost-everywhere qualifier, while the goal quantifies over every valid version of HHH.

Formalization scope

Lean represents XXX by Fin 2, with 0 for the paper's state 1 and 1 for state 2; YYY by unitInterval; and AAA by the specified subtype of R\mathbb RR. Positive integers are a subtype of N\mathbb NN, so the density and the action 1/n1/n1/n are never evaluated at n=0n=0n=0. The measure mmm is volume on unitInterval, which has total mass one. The density follows (4.1) literally, with open zero intervals and density two at their endpoints. The general transition PPP and observation law QQQ use Mathlib kernels; the example instantiates them directly. The goal includes the probability-kernel property of the concrete QQQ and existence of a valid HHH, guarding the universal filter clause against vacuity.

Weak, setwise, and total-variation convergence are sequential, as on page 4. The weak test class consists of bounded continuous real functions; the setwise test class consists of all Borel sets. The target space of qHq_HqH​ carries the Borel σ-algebra of the weak topology on P(X)\mathcal P(X)P(X), stated explicitly because Mathlib's default measurable structure on that type is the Giry σ-algebra. The filter predicate requires measurability in yyy for fixed (z,a)(z,a)(z,a) in both structures. Joint measurability in (z,a,y)(z,a,y)(z,a,y) is described in the paper but is not encoded in this local predicate; only the fixed-parameter property is used by (3.3) and (3.5). This choice and its quantifier effect are recorded in the moderation notes.

No cost, initial observation kernel, initial prior, or discount factor enters Example 4.1. Contributions on the dyadic law, kernel continuity, conditional posterior values, and the resulting belief-law identity are all within scope. A filter hard-coded to return the prior belief, a discrete topology on AAA, or a claim for only one version of HHH would change the counterexample and is excluded by the definitions and goal.

Selected references

  • E. A. Feinberg, P. O. Kasyanov, and M. Z. Zgurovsky, Partially Observable Total-Cost Markov Decision Processes with Weakly Continuous Transition Probabilities, Mathematics of Operations Research 41(2), 2016; arXiv:1401.2168v2. This mission follows the pinned preprint's numbering and pages.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

McKean–Vlasov Optimal Control: The Dynamic Programming Principle 1: The Weak Formulation's Value Function Is Upper Semi-Analytic and Satisfies the DPPResearch Paper

Motivation

A McKean–Vlasov control problem asks a planner to steer a stochastic differential equation whose coefficients depend not only on the current path of the state but also on its (conditional) distribution. Such problems describe the cooperative optimum of a large population of interacting agents: when each agent reacts to the empirical distribution of all others and a social planner chooses everybody's control, the limit as the population grows is a McKean–Vlasov control problem (Lacker 2017). When all agents are also exposed to a common noise (a shared source of randomness, such as a market factor), the relevant distribution is the conditional law of the state given that noise.

Bellman's dynamic programming principle (DPP) is the standard route from a control problem to its Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation and to verification arguments. For McKean–Vlasov dynamics it fails in the naive state variable, because the problem is time-inconsistent; it can be recovered by taking the (conditional) law of the state as the state.

Timeline. Laurière and Pironneau (2014) and Bensoussan, Frehse and Yam (2013–2017) proved a DPP for densities of the state law. Pham and Wei (2017, SICON) proved a DPP over closed-loop controls in a Markovian setting with a common-noise filtration, under regularity assumptions; Pham and Wei (2018, ESAIM:COCV) treated the case without common noise. Bayraktar, Cosso and Pham (2018, Trans. AMS) obtained a randomised DPP, again Markovian and without common noise. Djete, Possamaï and Tan (2022) proved the DPP for the general non-Markovian problem with common noise, under Borel measurability of the coefficients only. This mission formalizes their DPP for the weak formulation.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions n,d,ℓ∈Nn,d,\ell\in\mathbb Nn,d,ℓ∈N, a nonempty Polish space (U,ρ)(U,\rho)(U,ρ) of control values, a point u0∈Uu_0\in Uu0​∈U and an exponent p≥0p\ge0p≥0. Let Ck:=C([0,T],Rk)\mathcal C^k:=C([0,T],\mathbb R^k)Ck:=C([0,T],Rk) with the uniform norm, P(E)\mathcal P(E)P(E) the Borel probability measures on EEE with the weak topology, and xt∧⋅x_{t\wedge\cdot}xt∧⋅​ the path xxx stopped at time ttt. The coefficients b,σ,σ0,Lb,\sigma,\sigma_0,Lb,σ,σ0​,L are maps [0,T]×Cn×P(Cn×U)×U→Rn,Rn×d,Rn×ℓ,R[0,T]\times\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n\times U)\times U\to\mathbb R^n,\mathbb R^{n\times d},\mathbb R^{n\times\ell},\mathbb R[0,T]×Cn×P(Cn×U)×U→Rn,Rn×d,Rn×ℓ,R, and g:Cn×P(Cn)→Rg:\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)\to\mathbb Rg:Cn×P(Cn)→R; all are Borel measurable, and b,σ,σ0,Lb,\sigma,\sigma_0,Lb,σ,σ0​,L depend on the path and the measure only through their restrictions to [0,t][0,t][0,t] (non-anticipative).

A weak control γ\gammaγ with initial condition (t,ν)∈[0,T]×P(Cn)(t,\nu)\in[0,T]\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)(t,ν)∈[0,T]×P(Cn) consists of a probability space carrying two filtrations Fγ⊇Gγ\mathbb F^\gamma\supseteq\mathbb G^\gammaFγ⊇Gγ (the second models the common noise), a state XγX^\gammaXγ, Brownian motions WγW^\gammaWγ (idiosyncratic) and BγB^\gammaBγ (common) on [t,T][t,T][t,T], a predictable UUU-valued control αγ\alpha^\gammaαγ, and measure-valued processes μsγ=L(Xs∧⋅γ∣Gsγ)\mu^\gamma_s=\mathcal L(X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot}\mid\mathcal G^\gamma_s)μsγ​=L(Xs∧⋅γ​∣Gsγ​) and μˉsγ=L((Xs∧⋅γ,αsγ)∣Gsγ)\bar\mu^\gamma_s=\mathcal L((X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\alpha^\gamma_s)\mid\mathcal G^\gamma_s)μˉ​sγ​=L((Xs∧⋅γ​,αsγ​)∣Gsγ​), such that Xt∧⋅γ∼ν(t)X^\gamma_{t\wedge\cdot}\sim\nu(t)Xt∧⋅γ​∼ν(t), an integrability condition of order ppp holds, a compatibility condition between the two filtrations holds, and

dXsγ=b(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+σ(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) dWsγ+σ0(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) dBsγ,s∈[t,T].dX^\gamma_s=b(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+\sigma(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,dW^\gamma_s+\sigma_0(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,dB^\gamma_s,\qquad s\in[t,T].dXsγ​=b(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+σ(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)dWsγ​+σ0​(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)dBsγ​,s∈[t,T].

The reward and the value function are

J(t,γ)=E[∫tTL(s,Xs∧⋅γ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+g(XT∧⋅γ,μTγ)],VW(t,ν)=sup⁡γ∈ΓW(t,ν)J(t,γ),J(t,\gamma)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^TL(s,X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+g(X^\gamma_{T\wedge\cdot},\mu^\gamma_T)\Big],\qquad V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_W(t,\nu)}J(t,\gamma),J(t,γ)=E[∫tT​L(s,Xs∧⋅γ​,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+g(XT∧⋅γ​,μTγ​)],VW​(t,ν)=γ∈ΓW​(t,ν)sup​J(t,γ),

with ∞−∞:=−∞\infty-\infty:=-\infty∞−∞:=−∞ and sup⁡∅=−∞\sup\emptyset=-\inftysup∅=−∞. Each weak control also carries Asγ=∫ts∨tπ(αrγ) drA^\gamma_s=\int_t^{s\vee t}\pi(\alpha^\gamma_r)\,drAsγ​=∫ts∨t​π(αrγ​)dr, where π\piπ is a Borel isomorphism of UUU onto a subset of [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the continuous conditional-law process μ^γ\hat\mu^\gammaμ^​γ of (Xγ,Aγ,Wγ,Bγ)(X^\gamma,A^\gamma,W^\gamma,B^\gamma)(Xγ,Aγ,Wγ,Bγ) given Gγ\mathbb G^\gammaGγ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

VW:[0,T]×P(Cn)→[−∞,∞]V_W:[0,T]\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)\to[-\infty,\infty]VW​:[0,T]×P(Cn)→[−∞,∞] is upper semi-analytic (every superlevel set {VW>c}\{V_W>c\}{VW​>c} is analytic), and for every stopping time τ⋆\tau^\starτ⋆ of the canonical filtration of Ω⋆:=Cℓ×C([0,T],P(Cn×C×Cd×Cℓ))\Omega^\star:=\mathcal C^\ell\times C([0,T],\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal C\times\mathcal C^d\times\mathcal C^\ell))Ω⋆:=Cℓ×C([0,T],P(Cn×C×Cd×Cℓ)) with values in [t,T][t,T][t,T], setting τγ:=τ⋆(Bγ,t,μ^γ)\tau^\gamma:=\tau^\star(B^{\gamma,t},\hat\mu^\gamma)τγ:=τ⋆(Bγ,t,μ^​γ),

VW(t,ν)=sup⁡γ∈ΓW(t,ν)E[∫tτγL(s,Xs∧⋅γ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+VW(τγ,μτγγ)].V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_W(t,\nu)}\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^{\tau^\gamma}L(s,X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+V_W(\tau^\gamma,\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma})\Big].VW​(t,ν)=γ∈ΓW​(t,ν)sup​E[∫tτγ​L(s,Xs∧⋅γ​,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+VW​(τγ,μτγγ​)].

Milestones

The canonical reformulation on Ωˉ:=Ω^×C([0,T],P(Ω^))\bar\Omega:=\hat\Omega\times C([0,T],\mathcal P(\hat\Omega))Ωˉ:=Ω^×C([0,T],P(Ω^)) with weak control rules PˉW(t,ν)\bar{\mathcal P}_W(t,\nu)PˉW​(t,ν) (Definition 4.1): Lemma 4.4(i) (weak controls and weak control rules correspond), Corollary 4.6 (VW(t,ν)=sup⁡Pˉ∈PˉW(t,ν)J(t,Pˉ)V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\bar{\mathbb P}\in\bar{\mathcal P}_W(t,\nu)}J(t,\bar{\mathbb P})VW​(t,ν)=supPˉ∈PˉW​(t,ν)​J(t,Pˉ)), Lemma 4.7 (analytic graphs, VWV_WVW​ u.s.a.), Lemma 4.8 (stability under conditioning at a stopping time), Lemma 4.9 (dependence on the initial law only through ν^(t)\hat\nu(t)ν^(t)), (4.10) (moment truncation VWM↗VWV^M_W\nearrow V_WVWM​↗VW​, analytic and u.s.a.) and Lemma 4.10 (universally measurable ε\varepsilonε-optimal families and concatenation).

Significance

The result. The theorem gives the DPP for McKean–Vlasov control with common noise in a non-Markovian setting, with no regularity on the coefficients beyond Borel measurability and no integrability on the rewards. It is the starting point for the dynamic programming (HJB) equation on the space of probability measures, for the Markovian corollaries of §3.2 of the paper, and, through the equivalence of formulations in the companion work, for the strong formulations treated in the second mission of this series.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; nothing of it is machine-checked. A formal development needs a working theory of weak controls with conditional laws, a controlled martingale problem on a space of measure-valued paths, and analytic-set measurability in continuous time. None of these exists in Mathlib, and the analytic-selection layer on Prove2Me (Bertsekas–Shreve, Chapter 7) is stated but not yet proved.

Difficulty

The obvious argument conditions an optimal-ish control on its information at the stopping time and pastes in near-optimal controls from the conditioned states. Each step fails without additional structure: VWV_WVW​ is not known to be measurable, so E[VW(τγ,μτγγ)]\mathbb E[V_W(\tau^\gamma,\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma})]E[VW​(τγ,μτγγ​)] is not obviously meaningful; conditioning a weak control on its information at τγ\tau^\gammaτγ need not yield a weak control, because the conditional-law constraint involves the common-noise filtration and a compatibility condition between filtrations; and choosing a near-optimal control for each conditioned state is a selection problem over an uncountable family of probability spaces. The state of the problem is a law, which is itself defined only up to null sets, so random-time evaluations such as μτγγ\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma}μτγγ​ need a continuous version.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace MKVDPP.Weak. Conventions:

  • Times are in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​; paths are elements of C([0,T],Rk)C([0,T],\mathbb R^k)C([0,T],Rk) with Rk\mathbb R^kRk Euclidean; a path is read at times beyond TTT as its value at TTT.
  • Expectations and time integrals are E[ξ+]−E[ξ−]\mathbb E[\xi^+]-\mathbb E[\xi^-]E[ξ+]−E[ξ−] in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞] with ∞−∞=−∞\infty-\infty=-\infty∞−∞=−∞, computed as lower integrals.
  • The supremum defining VWV_WVW​ ranges over weak controls on probability spaces in Type (universe 0).
  • "The integrals are implicitly assumed to be well-defined" is pinned to local Itô integrals (EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral) of integrands that are a.s. square integrable on [t,T][t,T][t,T], taken against the shifted Brownian motions Wγ,tW^{\gamma,t}Wγ,t, Bγ,tB^{\gamma,t}Bγ,t; no L2(P)L^2(\mathbb P)L2(P) condition, which would shrink ΓW\Gamma_WΓW​.
  • The conditional-law requirement "for dP⊗dsd\mathbb P\otimes dsdP⊗ds-a.e. (s,ω)(s,\omega)(s,ω)" is read in Fubini form; μTγ\mu^\gamma_TμTγ​ and μτγγ\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma}μτγγ​ are the XXX-marginals of the continuous process μ^γ\hat\mu^\gammaμ^​γ.
  • "Local martingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T]" in Definition 4.1 is pinned to: every localised process Sφ,mS^{\varphi,m}Sφ,m, m≥1m\ge1m≥1, is an (Fˉ,Pˉ)(\bar{\mathbb F},\bar{\mathbb P})(Fˉ,Pˉ)-martingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T]. The page integrates ∣Sˉ∣|\bar S|∣Sˉ∣ and Sˉφ\bar S^\varphiSˉφ from 000. Here they run from the initial time ttt, because before ttt the canonical control may be ∂\partial∂, where the coefficients are undefined, and a coefficient that is not integrable before ttt would empty P^W(t,⋅)\hat{\mathcal P}_W(t,\cdot)P^W​(t,⋅).
  • The cemetery value ∂\partial∂ of the canonical control is read as u0u_0u0​ inside the coefficients (a null set under Definition 4.1).
  • In (3.2), (+∞)+(−∞)(+\infty)+(-\infty)(+∞)+(−∞) inside the expectation is −∞-\infty−∞.
  • Lemma 4.4(i)'s converse carries the hypothesis that the canonical AAA is a.s. ∫t⋅∨tπ(αˉr) dr\int_t^{\cdot\vee t}\pi(\bar\alpha_r)\,dr∫t⋅∨t​π(αˉr​)dr; without it the converse is false, because Definition 4.1 leaves AAA before ttt unconstrained.

The goal does not mention the canonical space Ωˉ\bar\OmegaΩˉ, weak control rules or any selection; a formalization of ΓW\Gamma_WΓW​ that is empty, or a value function that is constant, would trivialize it. A sanity file exhibits a weak control in the degenerate case n=d=ℓ=0n=d=\ell=0n=d=ℓ=0 for every t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, so the structure is satisfiable.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: conditional laws and r.c.p.d. on Polish spaces, the predictable σ\sigmaσ-algebra, stochastic integrals against a filtration, the Stroock–Varadhan martingale problem, Itô's formula, and analytic sets with the Jankov–von Neumann selection theorem. The analytic-selection results and the martingale-problem/SDE correspondence are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone, and on proving the referenced Bertsekas–Shreve selection theorems, are welcome. Out of scope: Theorem 3.4 (it rests on the companion paper), the Markovian results of §3.2, and the HJB discussion of §3.3.

Selected references

  • M. F. Djete, D. Possamaï, X. Tan, McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, Ann. Probab. 50(2), 2022; cited as arXiv:1907.08860v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.08860v2
  • H. Pham, X. Wei, Dynamic programming for optimal control of stochastic McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(2):1069–1101, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.04057
  • D. Lacker, Limit theory for controlled McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(3):1641–1672, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.08064
  • N. El Karoui, X. Tan, Capacities, measurable selection and dynamic programming part II: application in stochastic control problems, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3364
  • E. Bayraktar, A. Cosso, H. Pham, Randomized dynamic programming principle and Feynman–Kac representation for optimal control of McKean–Vlasov dynamics, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 370(3):2115–2160, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1090/tran/7118
  • M. Laurière, O. Pironneau, Dynamic programming for mean-field type control, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 352(9):707–713, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2014.07.008
  • A. Bensoussan, J. Frehse, S. Yam, Mean Field Games and Mean Field Type Control Theory, SpringerBriefs in Mathematics, Springer, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-8508-7
  • D. Bertsekas, S. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/SOC_1978.pdf
  • D. Stroock, S. Varadhan, Multidimensional Diffusion Processes, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-28999-2
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

McKean–Vlasov Optimal Control: The Dynamic Programming Principle 2: Under Lipschitz Coefficients the Common-Noise-Adapted Strong Formulation Satisfies the DPPResearch Paper

Why common noise changes the control problem

A controller may act on a large population of interacting particles while all particles also experience a shared random disturbance. In the population limit, the state of a representative particle depends on the distribution of states conditional on the common noise. The controller therefore influences both its own state and the conditional population law. The usual state variable for dynamic programming must carry that law, and a future decision may use only information available from common noise. Djete, Possamaï and Tan establish a dynamic programming principle for this setting in McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, Theorem 3.2. Their result permits path dependent coefficients and merely Borel reward functions, so ordinary continuity arguments do not determine the value function's measurability.

The paper distinguishes a weak formulation, in which the stochastic basis varies with the control, from a strong formulation on a fixed space. This mission concerns the latter, restricted to controls predictable from common noise, under the paper's Lipschitz and growth Assumption 2.8. The companion mission treats the weak dynamic programming principle, Theorem 3.1. The present mission asks for a machine checked account of the strong formulation and of the transfer between its intrinsic, fixed space and canonical descriptions.

State, noise and admissible controls

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0. A state trajectory belongs to Cn=C([0,T],Rn)\mathcal C^n=C([0,T],\mathbb R^n)Cn=C([0,T],Rn). The two driving noises are a ddd dimensional idiosyncratic Brownian motion WWW and an ℓ\ellℓ dimensional common Brownian motion BBB. The control space UUU is nonempty and Polish. At time sss, the controlled drift bbb and diffusions σ,σ0\sigma,\sigma_0σ,σ0​ may depend on the stopped state path Xs∧⋅X_{s\wedge\cdot}Xs∧⋅​, the control αs\alpha_sαs​, and the conditional law μˉs\bar\mu_sμˉ​s​ of the stopped state and control given common noise. The running and terminal rewards are LLL and ggg.

A B\mathbb BB strong control has a continuous state satisfying the controlled stochastic equation, the conditional laws required by the paper, finite quadratic control energy, and an α\alphaα predictable for the common noise filtration. Its reward J(t,γ)J(t,\gamma)J(t,γ) is the expected running reward from ttt to TTT plus the terminal reward. The value VSB(t,ν)V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)VSB​(t,ν) is the supremum of these rewards over such controls from initial path law ν\nuν. The initial law lies in P2(Cn)\mathcal P_2(\mathcal C^n)P2​(Cn), the laws with a finite second moment. The coefficient hypothesis uses the quadratic Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​ and one constant C>0C>0C>0 for both a Lipschitz bound and a quadratic growth bound. These conditions are Assumption 2.8 of the source paper, p. 8.

The paper also fixes a canonical probability space Ωt\Omega^tΩt carrying an initial path and Brownian increments after ttt. Its common noise predictable controls form A2B(t,ν)\mathcal A_2^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)A2B​(t,ν). Proposition 2.10 says this fixed space computes the same value as the intrinsic strong formulation. The precise probability law on Ωt\Omega^tΩt is characterized by the initial stopped path law and independent standard Brownian increments; the paper does not choose a unique construction.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.2, p. 10. It first asserts that the value on [0,T]×P2(Cn)[0,T]\times\mathcal P_2(\mathcal C^n)[0,T]×P2​(Cn) is upper semi analytic: each strict superlevel set {(t,ν):VSB(t,ν)>c}\{(t,\nu):V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)>c\}{(t,ν):VSB​(t,ν)>c} is analytic. For an initial pair (t,ν)(t,\nu)(t,ν) and a stopping time τ∈[t,T]\tau\in[t,T]τ∈[t,T] for the raw common noise filtration on Ωt\Omega^tΩt, it then asserts

VSB(t,ν)=sup⁡α∈A2B(t,ν)E ⁣[∫tτL(s,Xs∧⋅α,μˉsα,αs) ds+VSB(τ,μτα)].V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)=\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_2^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)} \mathbb E\!\left[\int_t^\tau L(s,X^\alpha_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu_s^\alpha,\alpha_s)\,ds +V_S^{\mathbb B}(\tau,\mu_\tau^\alpha)\right].VSB​(t,ν)=α∈A2B​(t,ν)sup​E[∫tτ​L(s,Xs∧⋅α​,μˉ​sα​,αs​)ds+VSB​(τ,μτα​)].

Here μτα\mu_\tau^\alphaμτα​ is the law of the stopped state conditional on information from common noise at τ\tauτ. The milestone sequence follows the paper's supporting results: strong solution existence and uniqueness (Theorem A.3(i)); equivalence of intrinsic and fixed space values (Proposition 2.10); induction of canonical rules from strong controls (the forward clause of Lemma 4.4(ii)); the canonical value identity (Corollary 4.6); the Wiener represented rule class and its value (Lemma 4.11); analytic rule graphs and value measurability (Lemma 4.12); and stability of a strong rule under conditioning at a stopping time (Lemma 4.13(i)). Each is a source indexed target, rather than an invented intermediate assertion.

What the result provides

The identity permits the value after a random common noise stopping time to be evaluated from the stopped conditional state law. This is the form needed to compare control decisions before and after a random observation time. Upper semi analyticity supplies measurable superlevel sets for the value even when LLL and ggg lack continuity. The paper proves these statements mathematically; the mission seeks their Lean formalization, not a new theorem about the underlying control problem.

A complete formalization would also provide reusable definitions of conditional measure valued flows, Brownian motion relative to a filtration over a shifted interval, a local Itô equation, and canonical martingale control rules. The two published Ethier–Kurtz definitions supply the local Itô relation and probability augmentation of a filtration. They are shared infrastructure rather than new statements of this paper.

Where the difficulty lies

The state law in the coefficients is conditional on common noise and changes with the control. A pathwise solution of the state equation must therefore remain consistent with its own conditional law. A naive argument that restarts an ordinary diffusion at τ\tauτ does not establish that consistency for a restarted control. It also does not ensure that a restarted control remains predictable from common noise. The paper's canonical rule formulation and its conditioning and measurability results address those obstructions. The reward may be unbounded and extended real valued, so the expectation convention and its behavior at infinite positive and negative parts matter to the statement itself.

Formalization scope and conventions

Paths are continuous maps on compact real intervals with uniform norm; Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Mathlib's Euclidean space, including k=0k=0k=0. Probability measures carry weak convergence topology, and P2\mathcal P_2P2​ is its finite second moment subtype. The product of path space and UUU uses Mathlib's product metric; matrix norms are Frobenius. Supremums range over admissible controls, solutions and conditional law versions. They are EReal valued, so the empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞. The signed expectation is positive part minus negative part with ∞−∞=−∞\infty-\infty=-\infty∞−∞=−∞, as in the paper. The model fixes a Borel embedding of UUU into [0,1][0,1][0,1] and a cemetery control for invalid reconstructed paths.

The Lean statements pin the paper's implicit “well defined” stochastic integral to a pathwise square integrable local Itô relation and almost surely integrable drift. A conditional law equality stated for dP⊗dsd\mathbb P\otimes dsdP⊗ds almost every pair is expressed in Fubini form. The localized processes printed in Definition 4.1 define its local martingale requirement. The terminal law and the stopped law in the target are quantified as versions of their stated conditional distributions. The fixed canonical law is any law satisfying the paper's initial distribution and Brownian conditions; the target is stated for every such family. These conventions rule out free conditional laws, arbitrary future stopping times, and a value that is −∞-\infty−∞ solely because a formalization made the control class empty. A full development must establish nonemptiness and version independence as part of the cited supporting theory.

The scope ends with Theorem 3.2 and the listed milestones. Lemma 4.13(ii), the more involved measurable selection and concatenation result, remains a future contribution. Theorem 3.4 uses a separate companion result; the Markovian corollaries and the heuristic Hamilton–Jacobi discussion of §3.3 are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • M. F. Djete, D. Possamaï and X. Tan, McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, arXiv:1907.08860v2, 2020; published in Annals of Probability 50(2), 2022. Preprint. This mission cites the preprint's page and theorem numbering.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing with Loss-Averse Consumers and Peak-End Anchoring: Every Optimal Price Path Converges Monotonically to a Steady State Set by the Initial Minimum PriceResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms that change prices over time face customers who remember past prices. A large empirical literature in marketing documents reference price effects: demand depends not only on the current price but on how that price compares with a price the customer expects, and losses (prices above the reference) weigh more than gains of the same size, the loss aversion of prospect theory (Tversky and Kahneman 1991; Kalyanaram and Winer 1995). Most dynamic pricing models with reference effects form the reference price by exponential smoothing of past prices (Popescu and Wu 2007; Kopalle, Rao and Assunção 1996; Fibich, Gavious and Lowengart 2003).

Psychology suggests a different memory process. Under the peak-end rule (Kahneman et al. 1993), people evaluate a past sequence of experiences mainly by its most extreme and its most recent episode. Nasiry and Popescu (INSEAD Working Paper 2009/20/DS/TOM; published in Operations Research 59(6), 2011) build a dynamic pricing model in which the reference price is a weighted average of the lowest price seen so far and the last price, and characterize the firm's optimal long-run and transient pricing. This mission formalizes the core of that analysis: the steady states (Section 3.1) and the convergence of optimal price paths (Section 3.2).

Setting

A firm sets a price ptp_tpt​ in the price set P=[0,pˉ]\mathbf P = [0,\bar p]P=[0,pˉ​] in every period t=1,2,…t = 1,2,\dotst=1,2,…. The base demand d0d_0d0​ is non-negative, bounded, continuous and decreasing on P\mathbf PP, with d0(pˉ)=0d_0(\bar p) = 0d0​(pˉ​)=0, and the base profit π0(p)=p d0(p)\pi_0(p) = p\,d_0(p)π0​(p)=pd0​(p) is non-monotone and strictly concave (Assumption 1). With sensitivities λ≥γ>0\lambda\ge\gamma>0λ≥γ>0 to surcharges and discounts, demand at price ppp and reference price rrr is

d(p,r)=d0(p)−λ(p−r)++γ(r−p)+,d(p,r) = d_0(p) - \lambda(p-r)^+ + \gamma(r-p)^+,d(p,r)=d0​(p)−λ(p−r)++γ(r−p)+,

and the short-term profit is π(p,r)=p d(p,r)\pi(p,r) = p\,d(p,r)π(p,r)=pd(p,r). It equals min⁡(πλ,πγ)\min(\pi_\lambda,\pi_\gamma)min(πλ​,πγ​) of the two smooth profits πk(p,r)=π0(p)+k(r−p)p\pi_k(p,r) = \pi_0(p) + k(r-p)pπk​(p,r)=π0​(p)+k(r−p)p.

Given an initial minimum price m0m_0m0​ and last price p0p_0p0​, the minimum price evolves as mt=min⁡(mt−1,pt)m_t = \min(m_{t-1},p_t)mt​=min(mt−1​,pt​) and the peak-end reference price is

rt=θmt−1+(1−θ)pt−1,θ∈(0,1].r_t = \theta m_{t-1} + (1-\theta)p_{t-1},\qquad \theta\in(0,1].rt​=θmt−1​+(1−θ)pt−1​,θ∈(0,1].

With discount factor β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), the firm's value function is

J(m0,p0)=sup⁡pt∈P ∑t=1∞βt−1π(pt,rt).J(m_0,p_0) = \sup_{p_t\in\mathbf P}\ \sum_{t=1}^\infty \beta^{t-1}\pi(p_t,r_t).J(m0​,p0​)=pt​∈Psup​ t=1∑∞​βt−1π(pt​,rt​).

An optimal price path is a price sequence in P\mathbf PP attaining J(m0,p0)J(m_0,p_0)J(m0​,p0​); a steady state is a state (m,p)(m,p)(m,p), m≤pm\le pm≤p, from which the constant path pt≡pp_t\equiv ppt​≡p is optimal.

Two thresholds organize the answer. Let sss and SSS be the roots in P\mathbf PP of

π0′(p)−λ(1−β(1−θ))p=0(9),π0′(p)−γ(1−β)p=0(10),\pi_0'(p) - \lambda(1-\beta(1-\theta))p = 0 \quad (9),\qquad \pi_0'(p) - \gamma(1-\beta)p = 0 \quad (10),π0′​(p)−λ(1−β(1−θ))p=0(9),π0′​(p)−γ(1−β)p=0(10),

so that s≤Ss\le Ss≤S, and let R1=[0,s]\mathbf R_1 = [0,s]R1​=[0,s], R2=[s,S]\mathbf R_2 = [s,S]R2​=[s,S], R3=[S,pˉ]\mathbf R_3 = [S,\bar p]R3​=[S,pˉ​]. For m∈R1m\in\mathbf R_1m∈R1​, let pλ∗∗(m)p^{**}_\lambda(m)pλ∗∗​(m) be the root of

π0′(p)−λ(2−(1−θ)(1+β))p+λθm=0.(12)\pi_0'(p) - \lambda(2-(1-\theta)(1+\beta))p + \lambda\theta m = 0. \quad (12)π0′​(p)−λ(2−(1−θ)(1+β))p+λθm=0.(12)

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For every initial state (m0,p0)(m_0,p_0)(m0​,p0​) with m0≤p0m_0\le p_0m0​≤p0​ in P\mathbf PP, an optimal price path exists, and every optimal price path {pt}t≥1\{p_t\}_{t\ge1}{pt​}t≥1​ is monotone and converges:

pt⟶{pλ∗∗(m0),m0∈R1,m0,m0∈R2,S,m0∈R3.p_t \longrightarrow \begin{cases} p^{**}_\lambda(m_0), & m_0\in\mathbf R_1,\\ m_0, & m_0\in\mathbf R_2,\\ S, & m_0\in\mathbf R_3.\end{cases}pt​⟶⎩⎨⎧​pλ∗∗​(m0​),m0​,S,​m0​∈R1​,m0​∈R2​,m0​∈R3​.​

The limit depends only on the initial minimum price.

Milestones

In attack order: monotonicity of JJJ (Lemma 1); the identity π=min⁡(πλ,πγ)\pi=\min(\pi_\lambda,\pi_\gamma)π=min(πλ​,πγ​) and supermodularity of π\piπ (Lemma 2); the upper bounds J(m,p)≤Jmν(p)J(m,p)\le J^\nu_m(p)J(m,p)≤Jmν​(p) by smooth problems with one-dimensional state (Lemma 3); the unique steady state of each smooth problem (Lemma 4); two families of steady states (Lemma 5); the full set of steady states

{(m,pλ∗∗(m))∣m∈R1}∪{(m,m)∣m∈R2}\{(m,p^{**}_\lambda(m)) \mid m\in\mathbf R_1\}\cup\{(m,m)\mid m\in\mathbf R_2\}{(m,pλ∗∗​(m))∣m∈R1​}∪{(m,m)∣m∈R2​}

(Proposition 1); Claims 1–4 and the invariance of the regions (Proposition 2: pt≥m0p_t\ge m_0pt​≥m0​ when m0≤Sm_0\le Sm0​≤S, and mt≥Sm_t\ge Smt​≥S when m0≥Sm_0\ge Sm0​≥S); and Claim 5 (for p0>m0≥Sp_0>m_0\ge Sp0​>m0​≥S the price eventually falls to m0m_0m0​ or below).

Significance

The result gives a complete description of optimal pricing under peak-end anchoring with loss-averse consumers. A continuum of steady states exists, and the one reached is set by the remembered minimum price alone. A firm facing a low minimum price raises prices toward pλ∗∗(m0)>m0p^{**}_\lambda(m_0)>m_0pλ∗∗​(m0​)>m0​; with an intermediate minimum it settles exactly at that minimum; with a high minimum it cuts prices down to SSS and then holds them there. Optimal paths are monotone, so the model predicts no cyclical discounting under loss aversion. The comparison with Popescu and Wu (2007) in Section 3.3 of the paper and the robustness results of later sections (heterogeneous markets, non-linear reference effects) build on these statements.

The paper's results are proved on paper; none is formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked model of a non-smooth, two-dimensional dynamic program defined directly as a supremum over price sequences, the reduction of its steady states to smooth one-dimensional bounds, and the convergence theorem.

Difficulty

Both the per-period profit (through the kink at p=rp=rp=r) and the state transition (through min⁡(mt−1,pt)\min(m_{t-1},p_t)min(mt−1​,pt​)) are non-smooth, so neither the Euler equation nor standard concavity arguments for the value function apply directly. The Bellman objective need not be concave in the price, and the value function is not differentiable on the diagonal m=pm=pm=p. Supermodularity of π\piπ yields monotone optimal policies only within a region where the minimum price stays fixed, and showing that the state never leaves its initial region (Proposition 2) is itself a comparison of optimal paths against steady states. Existence of an optimal path is needed in its own right, because the value function is a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in PeakEndPricing.Convergence. Conventions fixed in Lean:

  • A price path is a sequence q:N→Rq:\mathbb N\to\mathbb Rq:N→R with q(n)=pn+1q(n) = p_{n+1}q(n)=pn+1​; p0p_0p0​ is the initial last price. minPrice m0 q n is mnm_nmn​ and refPrice at index nnn is the reference price rn+1r_{n+1}rn+1​ faced by q(n)q(n)q(n).
  • JJJ and the value JmνJ^\nu_mJmν​ of the smooth Problem (8) are suprema over sequences in [0,pˉ][0,\bar p][0,pˉ​] of tsums, never "a solution of the Bellman equation". On the domain of the theorems all series converge and the families are bounded, so the junk values of ⨆ and ∑' are not reached.
  • Steady states of (7) and (8) are optimal constant paths; equations (11) and (12) appear only as conclusions.
  • The profit is defined by (4)–(5); π=min⁡(πλ,πγ)\pi = \min(\pi_\lambda,\pi_\gamma)π=min(πλ​,πγ​) is part of Lemma 2, not a definition.
  • Explicit hypotheses the paper uses implicitly: π0\pi_0π0​ is differentiable at every point of P\mathbf PP (for π0′\pi_0'π0′​ in (9)–(12)); m0,p0∈Pm_0,p_0\in\mathbf Pm0​,p0​∈P and m0≤p0m_0\le p_0m0​≤p0​ (the state space, p. 12); sss and SSS are given roots in P\mathbf PP of (9) and (10), and pλ∗∗(m)p^{**}_\lambda(m)pλ∗∗​(m) is represented as a root in P\mathbf PP of (12).
  • "The optimal path": the paper treats the optimal policy as single-valued. The goal asserts existence of an optimal path and states monotonicity and convergence for every optimal path; the claims and Proposition 2 are likewise stated for every optimal path.
  • Correction: the regions R‾1a\overline{\mathbf R}_{1a}R1a​ and R‾1b\overline{\mathbf R}_{1b}R1b​ printed on p. 11 have their inequalities swapped relative to their use in the proofs of Claims 1–2 and on p. 14. Claims 1 and 2 are stated with explicit inequalities, m0≤p0≤pλ∗∗(m0)m_0\le p_0\le p^{**}_\lambda(m_0)m0​≤p0​≤pλ∗∗​(m0​) and p0≥pλ∗∗(m0)p_0\ge p^{**}_\lambda(m_0)p0​≥pλ∗∗​(m0​), and the regions are not defined.
  • Monotonicity ("increasing", "monotonically") is weak throughout. The "in particular" sentence of Proposition 1 is read as comparative statics of the steady-state price p**_λ(m) for a fixed m ∈ R_1 (the reading of its proof on p. 45). Corollary 1 is not formalized.

A goal stated without the existence of an optimal path would hold vacuously if no path attained JJJ; existence is therefore part of the goal. Contributions are welcome on general infrastructure that is reusable beyond this mission: existence of optimal paths for discounted problems over compact action sets, the principle of optimality for sequence formulations, and Topkis-type monotonicity of optimal paths for supermodular objectives.

Selected references

  • J. Nasiry and I. Popescu, Dynamic Pricing with Loss Averse Consumers and Peak-End Anchoring, INSEAD Working Paper 2009/20/DS/TOM, 2009; Operations Research 59(6), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1110.0952
  • I. Popescu and Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3):413–429, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0383
  • D. Kahneman, B. L. Fredrickson, C. A. Schreiber and D. A. Redelmeier, When More Pain Is Preferred to Less: Adding a Better End, Psychological Science 4(6):401–405, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9280.1993.tb00589.x
  • A. Tversky and D. Kahneman, Loss Aversion in Riskless Choice: A Reference-Dependent Model, Quarterly Journal of Economics 106(4):1039–1061, 1991. https://doi.org/10.2307/2937956
  • G. Kalyanaram and R. S. Winer, Empirical Generalizations from Reference Price Research, Marketing Science 14(3):G161–G169, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.14.3.G161
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
14 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 4: In Finite-Horizon Problems with a Non-Stationary Policy Class Containing an Optimal Policy, Every Stationary Point Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy by gradient descent on its expected total cost. They are a staple of reinforcement learning and of simulation-based optimization in operations research, but the objective is nonconvex in the policy parameters, and the standard theory guarantees convergence only to a stationary point. J. Bhandari and D. Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3, Operations Research, 2024, DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014) identify structural conditions under which every stationary point is globally optimal.

Their first result (Theorem 1) requires the policy class to be closed under policy improvement. That excludes many classes used in practice, where it is known only that some member of the class is optimal: base-stock policies in finite-horizon inventory control are the standard example (Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, 1995). For stationary policy classes, containing an optimal policy is not enough: the paper's Example 1 has a policy class that contains the optimal policy, and policy gradient still gets stuck in a bad local minimum. Theorem 3 shows that for finite-horizon problems with a non-stationary policy class (separate parameters for each period), containing an optimal policy suffices, together with a single-period regularity condition imposed only at the optimal cost-to-go. This mission formalizes Theorem 3.

Setting

A Markov decision process consists of a state space S\mathcal SS, nonempty feasible action sets As\mathcal A_sAs​, a bounded measurable cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial distribution ρ\rhoρ. A policy is a measurable map π\piπ with π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in\mathcal A_sπ(s)∈As​; Π\PiΠ is the set of all of them. The cost-to-go is Jπ(s)=Esπ[∑t≥0γtg(st,π(st))]J_\pi(s)=\mathbb E^\pi_s[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t g(s_t,\pi(s_t))]Jπ​(s)=Esπ​[∑t≥0​γtg(st​,π(st​))], the loss is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ, and the discounted state-occupancy measure is ηπ=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPρπ(st∈⋅)\eta_\pi=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tP^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot)ηπ​=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPρπ​(st​∈⋅). An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ has Jπ∗≤JπJ_{\pi^*}\le J_\piJπ∗​≤Jπ​ pointwise for all π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π; J∗=Jπ∗J^*=J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​. With the Bellman operator (TπJ)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫J(s′)P(ds′∣s,π(s))(T_\pi J)(s)=g(s,\pi(s))+\gamma\int J(s')P(ds'\mid s,\pi(s))(Tπ​J)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫J(s′)P(ds′∣s,π(s)), the weighted policy-iteration objective is

B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(TπˉJ)(s) η(ds).\mathcal B(\bar\pi\mid\eta,J)=\int (T_{\bar\pi}J)(s)\,\eta(ds).B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(Tπˉ​J)(s)η(ds).

A parameterized policy class is ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}\Pi_\Theta=\{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}ΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ} for a convex Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd, and ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta)=\ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​). A point θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ is stationary for min⁡Θf\min_\Theta fminΘ​f if fff is differentiable at θ\thetaθ and ⟨∇f(θ),θ′−θ⟩≥0\langle\nabla f(\theta),\theta'-\theta\rangle\ge0⟨∇f(θ),θ′−θ⟩≥0 for all θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ.

The finite-horizon structure (Condition 3) embeds a time-inhomogeneous problem in this discounted formulation: the states split into stages S1,…,SH,SH+1\mathcal S_1,\dots,\mathcal S_H,\mathcal S_{H+1}S1​,…,SH​,SH+1​; from a state in Sh\mathcal S_hSh​, h≤Hh\le Hh≤H, every feasible action leads to Sh+1\mathcal S_{h+1}Sh+1​; and SH+1={τ}\mathcal S_{H+1}=\{\tau\}SH+1​={τ} is a costless absorbing state. The parameter is a concatenation θ=(θ1,…,θH)\theta=(\theta_1,\dots,\theta_H)θ=(θ1​,…,θH​), the parameter set is a product Θ=Θ1×⋯×ΘH\Theta=\Theta_1\times\cdots\times\Theta_HΘ=Θ1​×⋯×ΘH​, and on Sh\mathcal S_hSh​ the action πθ(s)\pi_\theta(s)πθ​(s) depends only on θh\theta_hθh​. The stage objectives are Bh(θˉh∣η,J)=∫Sh(TπθˉJ) dη\mathcal B_h(\bar\theta_h\mid\eta,J)=\int_{\mathcal S_h}(T_{\pi_{\bar\theta}}J)\,d\etaBh​(θˉh​∣η,J)=∫Sh​​(Tπθˉ​​J)dη.

Condition 4 asks that for every η∈{ηπ:π∈ΠΘ}\eta\in\{\eta_\pi:\pi\in\Pi_\Theta\}η∈{ηπ​:π∈ΠΘ​}, the problem min⁡θ∈ΘB(θ∣η,J∗)\min_{\theta\in\Theta}\mathcal B(\theta\mid\eta,J^*)minθ∈Θ​B(θ∣η,J∗) has no suboptimal stationary points. Assumption 3 asks that ηπ≪ρ\eta_\pi\ll\rhoηπ​≪ρ for every π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​. Condition 0 asks that the policy-iteration objective be continuously differentiable in the parameters.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 17)

Under Conditions 0, 3 and 4 and Assumption 3, if πθ∗\pi_{\theta^*}πθ∗​ is an optimal policy for some θ∗∈Θ\theta^*\in\Thetaθ∗∈Θ, then every stationary point θ\thetaθ of ℓ\ellℓ on Θ\ThetaΘ satisfies

ℓ(πθ)=ℓ(π∗).\ell(\pi_\theta)=\ell(\pi^*).ℓ(πθ​)=ℓ(π∗).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6 (policy gradient theorem): ∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉB(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)∣θˉ=θ\nabla\ell(\theta)=\nabla_{\bar\theta}\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})|_{\bar\theta=\theta}∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉ​B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)∣θˉ=θ​.
  2. Lemma 17 (balance equation): ηπ(M)=∫[(1−γ)ρ(M)+γP(M∣s,π(s))] ηπ(ds)\eta_\pi(\mathcal M)=\int[(1-\gamma)\rho(\mathcal M)+\gamma P(\mathcal M\mid s,\pi(s))]\,\eta_\pi(ds)ηπ​(M)=∫[(1−γ)ρ(M)+γP(M∣s,π(s))]ηπ​(ds).
  3. The stage-wise balance equation: for M⊆Sh+1\mathcal M\subseteq\mathcal S_{h+1}M⊆Sh+1​, ηπ(M)=(1−γ)ρ(M)+γ∫ShP(M∣s,π(s)) ηπ(ds)\eta_\pi(\mathcal M)=(1-\gamma)\rho(\mathcal M)+\gamma\int_{\mathcal S_h}P(\mathcal M\mid s,\pi(s))\,\eta_\pi(ds)ηπ​(M)=(1−γ)ρ(M)+γ∫Sh​​P(M∣s,π(s))ηπ​(ds).
  4. Separability (30): θ\thetaθ minimizes B(⋅∣η,J)\mathcal B(\cdot\mid\eta,J)B(⋅∣η,J) over Θ\ThetaΘ iff each θh\theta_hθh​ minimizes Bh(⋅∣η,J)\mathcal B_h(\cdot\mid\eta,J)Bh​(⋅∣η,J) over Θh\Theta_hΘh​.
  5. Stage-wise stationarity (31): θ\thetaθ is stationary for ℓ\ellℓ iff each θh\theta_hθh​ is stationary for Bh(⋅∣ηπθ,Jπθ)\mathcal B_h(\cdot\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})Bh​(⋅∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​) on Θh\Theta_hΘh​.
  6. Lemma 1: π∈arg⁡min⁡Πℓ\pi\in\arg\min_{\Pi}\ellπ∈argminΠ​ℓ iff Jπ=J∗J_\pi=J^*Jπ​=J∗ ρ\rhoρ-almost surely.

Significance

Theorem 3 covers finite-horizon dynamic programs in which a structured class of time-varying policies is known to contain an optimal policy, but is not closed under policy improvement: the paper's Example 8, multi-period inventory control with base-stock policies, is the motivating case. Policy gradient on such a class has no suboptimal stationary points, so any method that finds a stationary point finds a globally optimal policy, optimal among all policies and not only within the class. Condition 4 involves only the Bellman objective of the optimal cost-to-go J∗J^*J∗, which often has regularity (for instance convexity) that the cost-to-go of an arbitrary policy lacks.

The result is proved in the paper. To our knowledge no part of it, nor the policy gradient theorem for deterministic policies on general state spaces, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a measure-theoretic treatment of occupancy measures, the stage-wise decomposition of the weighted policy-iteration objective, and the backward induction of App. D.2.

Difficulty

The obvious approach reasons stage by stage directly on ℓ\ellℓ, but ℓ\ellℓ couples the stages: changing θh\theta_hθh​ changes the distribution of states visited after stage hhh. The paper's argument instead passes through the policy gradient theorem, which turns stationarity of ℓ\ellℓ into stationarity of single-period problems weighted by the occupancy measure of the current policy. These single-period problems involve JπθJ_{\pi_\theta}Jπθ​​, while Condition 4 speaks about J∗J^*J∗; relating them requires a backward induction over stages in which almost-sure equality Jπθ=J∗J_{\pi_\theta}=J^*Jπθ​​=J∗ on stage h+1h+1h+1 is transported to stage hhh through the balance equation. This step needs the occupancy measures of all policies in the class, including policies other than πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​, to be equivalent to ρ\rhoρ, which is where Assumption 3 enters. The naive variant with a stationary policy class fails (Example 1).

Formalization scope

The state and action spaces are arbitrary measurable spaces (the paper takes Borel subsets of Euclidean spaces; no argument uses that structure). Cost and kernel are given on all state-action pairs; the cost is bounded. Policies are deterministic, stationary and measurable; parameters live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so gradients and norms are Euclidean. J∗J^*J∗ is never defined as an infimum: an optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is a hypothesis, with J∗=Jπ∗J^*=J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​. Stages and sub-vectors are numbered from 111 by a measurable stage index and a block index on coordinates; the product structure of Θ\ThetaΘ is encoded as closure under exchanging one block.

Hypotheses beyond the printed sentence of Theorem 3, all disclosed in the item statements: Assumption 3 (announced on p. 17 as required, used in the proof); Condition 0 (needed for Lemma 6, which the proof invokes), in a joint form that the proof of Lemma 6 uses and that implies the printed partial-map form; the standing Assumptions 1 and 2 of §2; and, inside Condition 4, differentiability of θ↦B(θ∣η,J∗)\theta\mapsto\mathcal B(\theta\mid\eta,J^*)θ↦B(θ∣η,J∗) on Θ\ThetaΘ, the premise of Definition 1. The Bellman operators carry the factor γ\gammaγ omitted in the printed (3)–(4). The stage-wise balance equation is stated for h<Hh<Hh<H; the printed range h≤Hh\le Hh≤H fails at the absorbing state.

A formalization in which the goal assumes the stage-wise characterization (31), the balance equation, or Jπθ=J∗J_{\pi_\theta}=J^*Jπθ​​=J∗ on any stage is not Theorem 3; neither is one where "contains an optimal policy" means optimal only within ΠΘ\Pi_\ThetaΠΘ​. Stationarity includes differentiability, so a junk zero gradient never makes a point stationary.

Needed infrastructure: occupancy measures as series of iterated kernels and their balance equation, the cost-to-go as a bounded measurable function, the performance difference identity, the policy gradient theorem, and the decomposition of integrals over the stage partition. The occupancy-measure and policy gradient results are reusable for every mission of this series; contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari, D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022; Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786 , https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.0014
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML, 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • I. Osband, B. Van Roy, D. Russo, Z. Wen, Deep Exploration via Randomized Value Functions, JMLR 20, 2019. https://jmlr.org/papers/v20/18-339.html
  • D. Silver, G. Lever, N. Heess, T. Degris, D. Wierstra, M. Riedmiller, Deterministic Policy Gradient Algorithms, ICML, 2014. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v32/silver14.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Athena Scientific, 1995. https://www.athenasc.com/dpbook.html
10 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 2: Under Closure, a (c, µ)-Gradient-Dominated Policy Iteration Objective Makes ℓ (κc/(1−γ), κµ/(1−γ))-Gradient DominatedResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized control policy by gradient descent on its long-run cost. They underlie much of modern reinforcement learning, from REINFORCE and actor-critic methods to trust-region and proximal policy optimization, and they are used in operations problems such as inventory control and optimal stopping. Their objective is almost never convex in the policy parameters, even in textbook problems, so the classical guarantees of first-order optimization do not explain why they reach good policies.

Bhandari and Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3, Operations Research, 2024, doi:10.1287/opre.2021.0014) identify structural conditions under which this non-convex landscape is benign. Their Theorem 1 shows that, for a policy class closed under policy improvement, every stationary point is globally optimal. This mission formalizes their Theorem 2, the quantitative version: approximate stationarity implies approximate optimality, a gradient dominance (Polyak–Łojasiewicz-type) inequality that yields convergence rates.

Timeline. Polyak (1963) introduced the inequality min⁡f≥f(x)−c22μ∥∇f(x)∥2\min f \ge f(x) - \frac{c^2}{2\mu}\|\nabla f(x)\|^2minf≥f(x)−2μc2​∥∇f(x)∥2 for unconstrained problems. Kakade and Langford (2002) proved the performance difference lemma for finite Markov decision processes. Fazel, Ge, Kakade and Mesbahi (2018) established gradient dominance of policy gradient for linear-quadratic control, and Agarwal, Kakade, Lee and Mahajan (2021) for tabular policies with direct and softmax parameterizations. Bhandari and Russo (preprint 2019, journal 2024) give a single condition-based argument covering general state spaces and several of these examples.

Setting

A Markov decision process has a measurable state space S\mathcal SS, feasible action sets As\mathcal A_sAs​, a bounded expected cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial distribution ρ\rhoρ. A stationary policy π\piπ maps states to feasible actions; Π\PiΠ is the set of measurable such policies. Its cost-to-go is Jπ(s)=Esπ[∑t≥0γtg(st,π(st))]J_\pi(s)=\mathbb E^\pi_s[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t g(s_t,\pi(s_t))]Jπ​(s)=Esπ​[∑t≥0​γtg(st​,π(st​))], its discounted state-occupancy measure is ηπ=(1−γ)∑t≥0γt Pρπ(st∈⋅)\eta_\pi=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\,\mathbb P^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot)ηπ​=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPρπ​(st​∈⋅), and its loss is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ. An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ has Jπ∗=J∗⪯JπJ_{\pi^*}=J^*\preceq J_\piJπ∗​=J∗⪯Jπ​ for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π.

The Bellman operator is (TπJ)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫J dP(⋅∣s,π(s))(T_\pi J)(s)=g(s,\pi(s))+\gamma\int J\,dP(\cdot\mid s,\pi(s))(Tπ​J)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫JdP(⋅∣s,π(s)) and TJ=min⁡a∈As[ ⋅ ]T J=\min_{a\in\mathcal A_s}[\,\cdot\,]TJ=mina∈As​​[⋅] is its optimality version. The weighted policy iteration objective is

B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(TπˉJ) dη.\mathcal B(\bar\pi\mid\eta,J)=\int (T_{\bar\pi}J)\,d\eta .B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(Tπˉ​J)dη.

A policy class is ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}\Pi_\Theta=\{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}ΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ} with Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd convex, and the policy gradient objective is ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta)=\ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​). For π=πθ\pi=\pi_\thetaπ=πθ​, the map θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ,Jπ)\bar\theta\mapsto\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi},J_{\pi})θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ​,Jπ​) is the single-period problem that one step of policy iteration within the class would solve.

A function fff is (c,μ)(c,\mu)(c,μ)-gradient dominated over XXX (c>0c>0c>0, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0) if for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X

min⁡x′∈Xf(x′) ≥ f(x)+min⁡x′∈X[c ⟨∇f(x),x′−x⟩+μ2∥x−x′∥22].\min_{x'\in X}f(x')\ \ge\ f(x)+\min_{x'\in X}\Big[c\,\langle\nabla f(x),x'-x\rangle+\tfrac{\mu}{2}\|x-x'\|_2^2\Big].x′∈Xmin​f(x′) ≥ f(x)+x′∈Xmin​[c⟨∇f(x),x′−x⟩+2μ​∥x−x′∥22​].

The hypotheses are Condition 0 (differentiability of B\mathcal BB in the policy and occupancy arguments), Condition 1 (closure: for every π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​ some π+∈ΠΘ\pi^+\in\Pi_\Thetaπ+∈ΠΘ​ minimizes B(⋅∣ηπ,Jπ)\mathcal B(\cdot\mid\eta_\pi,J_\pi)B(⋅∣ηπ​,Jπ​) over all of Π\PiΠ) and Condition 2.B (each single-period objective is (c,μ)(c,\mu)(c,μ)-gradient dominated over Θ\ThetaΘ). The effective concentrability coefficient κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is the smallest κ\kappaκ with ∥J−J∗∥1,ρ≤κ1−γ∥J−TJ∥1,ρ\|J-J^*\|_{1,\rho}\le\frac{\kappa}{1-\gamma}\|J-TJ\|_{1,\rho}∥J−J∗∥1,ρ​≤1−γκ​∥J−TJ∥1,ρ​ for all J=JπθJ=J_{\pi_\theta}J=Jπθ​​, θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 16)

If Conditions 0, 1 and 2.B hold and κρ<∞\kappa_\rho<\inftyκρ​<∞, then

ℓ is (κρ1−γ c, κρ1−γ μ)-gradient dominated over Θ.\ell\ \text{is}\ \Big(\frac{\kappa_\rho}{1-\gamma}\,c,\ \frac{\kappa_\rho}{1-\gamma}\,\mu\Big)\text{-gradient dominated over }\Theta .ℓ is (1−γκρ​​c, 1−γκρ​​μ)-gradient dominated over Θ.

It is stated for every κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 satisfying the concentrability inequality, which is the page's statement at κ=κρ\kappa=\kappa_\rhoκ=κρ​.

Milestones

  1. ηπ⪰(1−γ)ρ\eta_\pi\succeq(1-\gamma)\rhoηπ​⪰(1−γ)ρ (p. 7) and the element-wise inequalities TJ⪯TπJTJ\preceq T_\pi JTJ⪯Tπ​J, TJπ⪯JπTJ_\pi\preceq J_\piTJπ​⪯Jπ​, (5).
  2. The performance difference identity ℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[TπJπˉ−Jπˉ] dηπ\ell(\pi)-\ell(\bar\pi)=\int[T_\pi J_{\bar\pi}-J_{\bar\pi}]\,d\eta_\piℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[Tπ​Jπˉ​−Jπˉ​]dηπ​, (29).
  3. Lemma 6, the policy gradient theorem: ∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉB(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)∣θˉ=θ\nabla\ell(\theta)=\nabla_{\bar\theta}\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})|_{\bar\theta=\theta}∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉ​B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)∣θˉ=θ​.
  4. The closure bound of the proof of Theorem 2:
ℓ(πθ)−ℓ(π∗)≤κρ1−γ(B(θ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)−min⁡θ′∈ΘB(θ′∣ηπθ,Jπθ)).\ell(\pi_\theta)-\ell(\pi^*)\le\frac{\kappa_\rho}{1-\gamma}\Big(\mathcal B(\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})-\min_{\theta'\in\Theta}\mathcal B(\theta'\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})\Big).ℓ(πθ​)−ℓ(π∗)≤1−γκρ​​(B(θ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)−θ′∈Θmin​B(θ′∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)).

Companions

The remark of §3 that differentiable μ\muμ-strongly convex functions are (1,μ)(1,\mu)(1,μ)-gradient dominated and convex ones (1,0)(1,0)(1,0)-gradient dominated, and Corollary 1: under Conditions 0 and 1, convexity (strong convexity) of every single-period objective makes ℓ\ellℓ gradient dominated of degree one (two).

Significance

Gradient dominance of degree two gives linear convergence of projected gradient methods, and degree one gives sublinear rates, so Theorem 2 converts structural knowledge about one-step policy improvement into iteration complexity for the multi-period problem. The constant κρ/(1−γ)\kappa_\rho/(1-\gamma)κρ​/(1−γ) makes explicit the dependence on the initial distribution: an exploratory ρ\rhoρ with small κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is what the guarantee needs. The paper instantiates the conditions for tabular MDPs, linear-quadratic control, optimal stopping with threshold policies, and finite-horizon inventory control.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is machine-checked: Mathlib has convexity, strong convexity, gradients and Markov kernels but no discounted dynamic programming on general spaces, no occupancy measures and no policy gradient theorem. The formal development would supply the general-space performance difference identity and the policy gradient theorem, reusable for every other result of the paper and for related work on policy optimization.

Difficulty

The policy gradient objective ℓ(θ)\ell(\theta)ℓ(θ) is not convex, so the usual derivation of a Polyak–Łojasiewicz inequality from convexity is unavailable. Gradient dominance of the single-period objective B\mathcal BB does not transfer to ℓ\ellℓ by comparing the two functions: they differ by how a change of policy moves the state distribution, these terms do not vanish, and the minimum of B\mathcal BB over Θ\ThetaΘ is not the minimum of ℓ\ellℓ. The mismatch between ρ\rhoρ, ηπθ\eta_{\pi_\theta}ηπθ​​ and ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​ is unavoidable, which is why a concentrability factor appears in the constants. On a general state space each identity also needs the right measurability and integrability (the measurable-selection assumption is what makes TJTJTJ measurable), and Condition 0 must be strong enough to justify a total-derivative expansion.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in PGLandscape.GradDom. S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA are arbitrary measurable spaces; the cost is bounded and measurable and, like the kernel, given on all of S×A\mathcal S\times\mathcal AS×A. Policies are measurable maps; the cost-to-go is a series of integrals against ttt-step kernels; ηπ\eta_\piηπ​ is a measure of total mass one. The parameter space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ∇\nabla∇ is the Euclidean gradient and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. J∗J^*J∗ is Jπ∗J_{\pi^*}Jπ∗​ for an optimal π∗\pi^*π∗ given as a hypothesis; no real infimum over policies is used.

Committed conventions and disclosed additions:

  • the page prints (3)–(4) without γ\gammaγ; the factor γ\gammaγ is restored, as in (6), (7) and every proof;
  • Condition 0 is the joint version the proof of Lemma 6 uses (C1C^1C1 in the pair of arguments near (θ,θ)(\theta,\theta)(θ,θ)); it implies the printed condition;
  • gradient dominance quantifies over lower bounds of the bracket instead of real minima, which need not be attained, and includes differentiability on XXX;
  • κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ enters as any κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 satisfying its defining inequality; Theorem 2 states c>0c>0c>0, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 explicitly; Corollary 1 assumes κρ<∞\kappa_\rho<\inftyκρ​<∞ and one strong-convexity modulus for the whole class;
  • Assumptions 1 (ηπ∗≪ρ\eta_{\pi^*}\ll\rhoηπ∗​≪ρ) and 2 (measurable selection) are hypotheses of every result, as in the paper.

A formalization that assumes gradient dominance of ℓ\ellℓ, the closure bound, or a finite state space would not be this theorem; the goal assumes only Conditions 0, 1, 2.B and concentrability.

Contributions welcome: Markov-chain lemmas for iterKernel (summability, measurability, the fixed-point equation TπJπ=JπT_\pi J_\pi=J_\piTπ​Jπ​=Jπ​), the general-space performance difference identity, and proofs of any milestone.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari and D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research, 2024. arXiv:1906.01786v3, doi:10.1287/opre.2021.0014
  • B. T. Polyak, Gradient methods for minimizing functionals, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. Mat. Fiz., 1963. doi:10.1016/0041-5553(63)90382-3
  • S. Kakade and J. Langford, Approximately optimal approximate reinforcement learning, ICML, 2002. ACM DL
  • M. Fazel, R. Ge, S. Kakade and M. Mesbahi, Global convergence of policy gradient methods for the linear quadratic regulator, ICML, 2018. arXiv:1801.05039
  • A. Agarwal, S. Kakade, J. Lee and G. Mahajan, On the theory of policy gradient methods: optimality, approximation, and distribution shift, JMLR, 2021. arXiv:1908.00261
8 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 3: Under Closure up to Inherent Bellman Error ε, Every Stationary Point Is Within κε/(1−γ) of OptimalResearch Paper

Why approximate closure matters

Policy gradient methods search for a policy by changing a finite vector of parameters. The method can reach a stationary point of its objective without finding an optimal policy: a small change in the available parameters might not represent the policy improvement that the underlying control problem calls for. Bhandari and Russo identify a condition on the policy class that limits this obstruction. Their exact-closure result rules out suboptimal stationary points; their approximate-closure result measures the residual cost when the class can represent policy improvements only approximately. This mission formalizes the latter statement, Theorem 5 of Bhandari and Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, using the arXiv v3 text and numbering.

The result concerns the optimization landscape rather than a particular gradient algorithm or convergence rate. It applies to structured policy classes in discounted control problems, including settings with general state spaces. The paper also discusses state aggregation as a source of small approximation error in Lemma 15; that example motivates the error condition, while the target here is the general guarantee of Theorem 5. The error is measured in the states visited by each current policy, so the condition describes what the restricted class can do where improvement affects that policy's performance.

The discounted control setting

A Markov decision process has a measurable state space SSS, a measurable action space AAA, and a nonempty feasible action set AsA_sAs​ at each state sss. Choosing a∈Asa\in A_sa∈As​ incurs a bounded cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a) and changes the state according to a probability kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a). A discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) reduces future costs, and an initial probability measure ρ\rhoρ specifies where evaluation begins. A stationary policy is a measurable choice π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in A_sπ(s)∈As​.

The cost-to-go Jπ(s)J_\pi(s)Jπ​(s) is the expected sum of discounted costs when starting at sss and following π\piπ. The discounted occupancy measure ηπ\eta_\piηπ​ is the normalized, discounted distribution of visited states when the initial state has law ρ\rhoρ. The policy's objective is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ. The factor 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ puts ℓ\ellℓ on the scale of a per-period cost. An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ minimizes cost-to-go at every state. Section 2, pp. 5–8 supplies these objects and Assumptions 1 and 2: absolute continuity of ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​ with respect to ρ\rhoρ, and measurable selection of a Bellman-minimizing action for bounded measurable value functions.

A parameter θ\thetaθ belongs to a convex set Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd and determines a feasible policy πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​. The policy gradient objective is ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta)=\ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​). A stationary point is a feasible parameter with ⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0\langle\theta'-\theta,\nabla\ell(\theta)\rangle\ge0⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0 for every θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ. The Bellman optimality operator TTT selects the smallest one-step cost plus discounted future value among feasible actions. The weighted policy improvement objective B(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​) evaluates the one-step Bellman update from a candidate policy πθˉ\pi_{\bar\theta}πθˉ​, averaged under the current policy's occupancy measure. Section 5.1, pp. 12–14 introduces its smoothness and stationary-point conditions.

Formalization targets

The target is Theorem 5, p. 26. Condition 5 says the restricted class has inherent Bellman error ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0: for each current policy in the class, a class member gets within ε\varepsilonε of the best one-step weighted Bellman objective over all feasible policies. Condition 2.A says stationary points of that weighted one-step objective are global minima over Θ\ThetaΘ. Condition 0 supplies differentiability. For a nonnegative coefficient κ\kappaκ satisfying the effective concentrability inequality (13), the goal is continuous differentiability of ℓ\ellℓ and, at every stationary point,

ℓ(πθ)−ℓ(π∗)≤κ1−γ ε.\ell(\pi_\theta)-\ell(\pi^*)\le\frac{\kappa}{1-\gamma}\,\varepsilon.ℓ(πθ​)−ℓ(π∗)≤1−γκ​ε.

The paper defines κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ as the least coefficient satisfying (13). The Lean statement quantifies over an admissible κ\kappaκ; its conclusion therefore includes the bound at κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ when that coefficient is finite. The milestone list follows the paper's supporting statements: occupancy domination after (2), Bellman inequalities (5), the performance difference identity (29), the policy gradient formula in Lemma 6, the stationary policy-improvement identity in Lemma 7, and the Bellman-error bound displayed in the proof of Theorem 5.

What the result establishes

The bound turns a property of the policy class into a quantitative guarantee about every stationary parameter. If ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 and a finite concentrability bound applies, the stated cost gap is zero. For positive error, it separates the approximation error from the factor κ/(1−γ)\kappa/(1-\gamma)κ/(1−γ) that reflects evaluation under the exploratory start distribution and the effective planning horizon. Thus a small gradient alone is not the claim; the structural conditions on the one-step objective and the policy class determine what stationarity means for long-run cost. Theorem 5 and its discussion, §8 make this interpretation explicit.

The paper proves Theorem 5. The declarations in this mission currently compile as open theorem statements; they are not machine-checked proofs. A complete development would formalize the links among discounted kernels, occupancy integrals, Bellman operators, and gradients on the parameter space. The general measurable-state MDP definitions would be reusable for other discounted control results, while the stationary-point and approximate-closure predicates provide a vocabulary for further policy-gradient theorems.

Where the difficulty lies

A stationary point of ℓ\ellℓ need not be a minimum of the one-step Bellman objective by definition. Condition 0 and Lemma 6 connect their gradients, and Condition 2.A then links stationary points to minima of the restricted one-step objective. Approximate closure only compares that restricted minimum with the unrestricted one up to ε\varepsilonε. The final result also requires moving an error measured under ηπθ\eta_{\pi_\theta}ηπθ​​ to one under ρ\rhoρ and relating Bellman residual to the optimality gap. Each comparison has a distinct measure or operator, and losing a discount factor changes the constant in the theorem.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses arbitrary measurable spaces for SSS and AAA and measurable stationary policies, extending the paper's Borel-subset setting. The cost and kernel are defined on all S×AS\times AS×A and are uniformly bounded there; feasibility still restricts every policy and Bellman minimization to AsA_sAs​. These extensions let Condition 0 evaluate nearby parameter values even when their policies need not be feasible. The representation uses Mathlib kernels, measures, Bochner integrals, and Euclidean parameter vectors. It fixes 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, a probability initial distribution, nonempty feasible action sets, an optimal policy, and the paper's Assumptions 1 and 2. The goal carries a nonnegative concentrability coefficient and Conditions 0, 2.A, and 5; it does not assume exact closure or the Bellman-error conclusion it is meant to establish.

Two corrections to the printed assumptions are explicit. The Bellman operators contain γ\gammaγ, consistently with equations (6) and (7), although displays (3) and (4) omit it. Condition 0 asks for joint continuous differentiability near the current parameter pair, the form used by the proof of Lemma 6; the printed condition lists two partial maps. The theorem's κ\kappaκ is constrained to be nonnegative to represent the paper's effective concentrability coefficient. Definitions use pointwise optimality rather than a real-valued infimum over policies, and Bellman minimization uses the nonempty feasible-action subtype. These choices prevent default values of ill-bounded infima or non-integrable functions from turning the target into an empty claim. The needed contributions are proofs of the six milestones and the final bound, plus supporting measurable-kernel and gradient facts.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari and D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research 72 (2024); preprint arXiv:1906.01786v3 (2022), arXiv, DOI.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes 5: Under Positive Harris Recurrence a Risk-Neutral Optimal Stationary Policy Is Optimal for Power-Utility Average CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical Markov decision theory minimizes expected cost. A decision maker who dislikes variability, such as an insurer, a portfolio manager or an operator of a service system, may instead evaluate a random cost YYY by its certainty equivalent U−1(E[U(Y)])U^{-1}(\mathbb E[U(Y)])U−1(E[U(Y)]) for an increasing utility (disutility) function UUU. Bäuerle and Rieder (More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes, Math. Oper. Res. 39(1), 2014; authors' manuscript at KIT 1000039663) develop dynamic programming for this criterion with general UUU. Classical risk-sensitive MDPs, studied since Howard and Matheson (1972), use the exponential utility, and for it the average cost problem differs considerably from the risk-neutral one (Cavazos-Cadena and Fernández-Gaucherand 2000; Di Masi and Stettner 1999). Their §5 asks what happens in the long run. The average cost per stage is evaluated through a power utility U(y)=yγU(y)=y^\gammaU(y)=yγ. Does risk sensitivity change which stationary policy is optimal?

This mission formalizes their answer, Theorem 5.2, and the results its proof uses (manuscript p. 17).

Setting

A controlled Markov process in discrete time has a standard Borel state space EEE and action space AAA. A measurable set D⊆E×AD\subseteq E\times AD⊆E×A lists the admissible state–action pairs, and every D(x)={a:(x,a)∈D}D(x)=\{a:(x,a)\in D\}D(x)={a:(x,a)∈D} is nonempty. A transition law Q(⋅∣x,a)Q(\cdot\mid x,a)Q(⋅∣x,a) gives the distribution of the next state, and a measurable cost ccc satisfies 0<c‾≤c≤cˉ0<\underline c\le c\le\bar c0<c​≤c≤cˉ on DDD.

A history-dependent policy σ=(gn)n≥0\sigma=(g_n)_{n\ge0}σ=(gn​)n≥0​ chooses the action An=gn(X0,A0,…,Xn)∈D(Xn)A_n=g_n(X_0,A_0,\dots,X_n)\in D(X_n)An​=gn​(X0​,A0​,…,Xn​)∈D(Xn​) measurably from the past. The set of all such policies is Π\PiΠ. Each σ\sigmaσ and initial state xxx determine a probability measure Pxσ\mathbb P^\sigma_xPxσ​ on trajectories, with X0=xX_0=xX0​=x and Xn+1∼Q(⋅∣Xn,An)X_{n+1}\sim Q(\cdot\mid X_n,A_n)Xn+1​∼Q(⋅∣Xn​,An​). The accumulated cost is Cn=∑k=0n−1c(Xk,Ak)C^n=\sum_{k=0}^{n-1}c(X_k,A_k)Cn=∑k=0n−1​c(Xk​,Ak​).

A stationary policy π=(f,f,… )\pi=(f,f,\dots)π=(f,f,…) uses a measurable decision rule fff with f(x)∈D(x)f(x)\in D(x)f(x)∈D(x) at every stage. Under it, (Xn)(X_n)(Xn​) is the Markov chain with kernel Pf(x,⋅)=Q(⋅∣x,f(x))P_f(x,\cdot)=Q(\cdot\mid x,f(x))Pf​(x,⋅)=Q(⋅∣x,f(x)).

Fix γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and U(y)=yγU(y)=y^\gammaU(y)=yγ. The risk-sensitive average cost (5.1) and its optimal value are

Jσ(x)=lim sup⁡n→∞1n U−1(Exσ[U(Cn)]),J(x)=inf⁡σ∈ΠJσ(x).J_\sigma(x)=\limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\,U^{-1}\Big(\mathbb E^\sigma_x\big[U(C^n)\big]\Big),\qquad J(x)=\inf_{\sigma\in\Pi}J_\sigma(x).Jσ​(x)=n→∞limsup​n1​U−1(Exσ​[U(Cn)]),J(x)=σ∈Πinf​Jσ​(x).

The risk-neutral average cost is ρσ(x)=lim sup⁡n1nExσ[Cn]\rho_\sigma(x)=\limsup_n\frac1n\mathbb E^\sigma_x[C^n]ρσ​(x)=limsupn​n1​Exσ​[Cn], the case γ=1\gamma=1γ=1.

A Markov chain is Harris recurrent if, for some nonzero σ\sigmaσ-finite measure φ\varphiφ, every set BBB with φ(B)>0\varphi(B)>0φ(B)>0 is visited infinitely often almost surely from every starting point. It is positive Harris recurrent if it also has an invariant probability measure (Meyn and Tweedie 2009, §§9–10). The MDP is called positive Harris recurrent if the state chain of every stationary policy is.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2

Let γ≥1\gamma\ge1γ≥1 and let the MDP be positive Harris recurrent. If π∗=(f∗,f∗,… )\pi^*=(f^*,f^*,\dots)π∗=(f∗,f∗,…) satisfies ρπ∗(x)≤ρσ(x)\rho_{\pi^*}(x)\le\rho_\sigma(x)ρπ∗​(x)≤ρσ​(x) for all σ∈Π\sigma\in\Piσ∈Π and x∈Ex\in Ex∈E, then

Jπ∗(x)≤Jσ(x)for all σ∈Π, x∈E,soJπ∗=J.J_{\pi^*}(x)\le J_\sigma(x)\quad\text{for all }\sigma\in\Pi,\ x\in E,\qquad\text{so}\qquad J_{\pi^*}=J .Jπ∗​(x)≤Jσ​(x)for all σ∈Π, x∈E,soJπ∗​=J.

The optimal policy does not depend on γ\gammaγ.

Milestones

  1. §5.1, p. 17. For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, homogeneity gives Jσ(x)=lim sup⁡nU−1(Exσ[U(Cn/n)])J_\sigma(x)=\limsup_n U^{-1}(\mathbb E^\sigma_x[U(C^n/n)])Jσ​(x)=limsupn​U−1(Exσ​[U(Cn/n)]).
  2. Theorem 5.1. If the state chain of a stationary policy π\piπ is positive Harris recurrent, there is a number ρ\rhoρ with
lim⁡n→∞1n(Exπ[(Cn)γ])1/γ=ρ=lim⁡n→∞1nExπ[Cn]for all γ>0, x∈E.\lim_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\Big(\mathbb E^\pi_x\big[(C^n)^\gamma\big]\Big)^{1/\gamma}=\rho=\lim_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\mathbb E^\pi_x[C^n]\qquad\text{for all }\gamma>0,\ x\in E.n→∞lim​n1​(Exπ​[(Cn)γ])1/γ=ρ=n→∞lim​n1​Exπ​[Cn]for all γ>0, x∈E.
  1. Proof of Theorem 5.2. For γ≥1\gamma\ge1γ≥1 and every σ∈Π\sigma\in\Piσ∈Π: ρσ(x)≤Jσ(x)\rho_\sigma(x)\le J_\sigma(x)ρσ​(x)≤Jσ​(x).

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.2 reduces a risk-sensitive long-run problem to a classical one. Under positive Harris recurrence, any stationary policy that is optimal for the expected average cost, for instance one obtained from the average-cost optimality equation, is also optimal for every convex power criterion γ≥1\gamma\ge1γ≥1, simultaneously. Theorem 5.1 explains why: along a positive Harris recurrent chain the empirical average cost Cn/nC^n/nCn/n converges almost surely to a constant, so in the limit the power utility sees no randomness at all. The contrast is with exponential utility, where the risk-sensitive average cost generally differs from the risk-neutral one and leads to a multiplicative Poisson equation. Positive homogeneity of the utility is what removes the risk effect.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known they have no machine-checked proof, and the platform has no strong law of large numbers for Harris chains on general state spaces. The mission produces a Borel MDP with history-dependent policies and Ionescu-Tulcea path measures, a reusable definition of (positive) Harris recurrence for an arbitrary Markov kernel, and a formal comparison of risk-neutral and risk-sensitive average costs. Each milestone is a self-contained target.

Difficulty

Milestones 1 and 3 are elementary once the expectations are handled correctly: Cn≥0C^n\ge0Cn≥0 holds only almost surely, and Jensen's inequality has to be applied with real powers. The central difficulty is Theorem 5.1. It needs the ergodic theorem for positive Harris recurrent chains, Cn/n→∫c(x,f(x)) μf(dx)C^n/n\to\int c(x,f(x))\,\mu_f(dx)Cn/n→∫c(x,f(x))μf​(dx) almost surely from every initial state (Meyn and Tweedie, Theorem 17.0.1). It also needs an identification of the state process under Pxπ\mathbb P^\pi_xPxπ​ with the canonical chain of PfP_fPf​. The natural first idea, to quote a convergence theorem in total variation, fails: positive Harris recurrence allows periodic chains, for which Pfn(x,⋅)P_f^n(x,\cdot)Pfn​(x,⋅) need not converge. Pathwise averages converge, marginal laws need not, and the argument has to work with the former.

Formalization scope

  • EEE and AAA are standard Borel spaces. No topology is used, and the continuity–compactness conditions (CC) of §2 play no role in §5. D(x)≠∅D(x)\neq\emptysetD(x)=∅ for every xxx is a standing hypothesis.
  • Policies are deterministic and history-dependent, gn:(E×A)n×E→Ag_n:(E\times A)^n\times E\to Agn​:(E×A)n×E→A with gn(hn)∈D(xn)g_n(h_n)\in D(x_n)gn​(hn​)∈D(xn​). Pxσ\mathbb P^\sigma_xPxσ​ is Mathlib's Kernel.trajMeasure on (E×A)N0(E\times A)^{\mathbb N_0}(E×A)N0​. Stationary policies act through gn(hn)=f(xn)g_n(h_n)=f(x_n)gn​(hn​)=f(xn​).
  • (5.1) is defined only for U(y)=yγU(y)=y^\gammaU(y)=yγ, with Real.rpow. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 all terms of the sequences lie in [c‾,cˉ][\underline c,\bar c][c​,cˉ], so real limits superior are meaningful. The term n=0n=0n=0 (Lean's 1/0=01/0=01/0=0) is irrelevant.
  • The risk-neutral average cost, which the paper leaves undefined, is the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of 1nExσ[Cn]\frac1n\mathbb E^\sigma_x[C^n]n1​Exσ​[Cn]. Risk-neutral optimality of π∗\pi^*π∗ and the conclusion of Theorem 5.2 both range over all history-dependent policies. Restricting either to stationary policies would change the theorem.
  • Harris recurrence is defined from scratch on the canonical chain of a Markov kernel and kept equivalent to Meyn–Tweedie's notion. Weakening it to "has an invariant probability", or strengthening it to total-variation ergodicity (which excludes periodic chains), would make a different theorem. Neither is acceptable.
  • Positive Harris recurrence is assumed for every stationary policy, exactly as in the paper. Theorem 5.4 (vanishing discount) and Corollary 5.3 (finite unichain models) are outside the mission.

Contributions are welcome at every level. Reusable pieces, such as the identification of the state process with the chain of PfP_fPf​, the strong law for positive Harris chains, or bounded-convergence lemmas for path measures, are valuable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1):105–120, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0601 (authors' manuscript: https://publikationen.bibliothek.kit.edu/1000039663)
  • S. P. Meyn and R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511626630
  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9
  • R. A. Howard and J. E. Matheson, Risk-sensitive Markov decision processes, Management Science 18(7):356–369, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.18.7.356
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes 2: The Finite-Horizon Discounted Problem Is Solved by Value Iteration on the State Extended by Accumulated Cost and DiscountResearch Paper

Motivation

Sequential decisions often have costs whose timing matters. A controller may choose an action now, observe a random next state, and choose again. Ordinary expected-cost minimization averages the sum of the costs. A risk-sensitive criterion first applies an increasing function UUU to the total cost and then takes its expectation. The curvature of UUU changes how uncertain costs affect the ranking of policies: convex utility penalizes variability in a cost-minimization problem, while concave utility has the opposite tendency. Bäuerle and Rieder study this criterion for controlled Markov processes with general continuous increasing utility, rather than fixing an exponential function. Their finite-horizon discounted result is Theorem 3.6, pp. 10–12 of the authors' manuscript.

Discounting gives early and late costs different weights. For linear UUU, the remaining expected cost can be described using only the current physical state. For general UUU, the effect of a future cost also depends on what has already been paid and on the discount weight currently attached to the next cost. The mission targets the paper's finite-horizon treatment of these two additional quantities. The infinite-horizon problem is a separate part of the paper.

Setting

The state space EEE and action space AAA are Borel spaces. At state xxx, the nonempty set D(x)D(x)D(x) contains the actions that may be chosen. If action a∈D(x)a\in D(x)a∈D(x) is selected, the next state has distribution Q(⋅∣x,a)Q(\cdot\mid x,a)Q(⋅∣x,a) and the stage cost is c(x,a)c(x,a)c(x,a). The cost is measurable and bounded between positive constants c‾\underline cc​ and c‾\overline cc. The discount factor satisfies 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, and U:[0,∞)→RU:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb RU:[0,∞)→R is continuous and strictly increasing. The paper imposes its compactness and continuity conditions (CC) on UUU, DDD, ccc, and QQQ; these are stated in the model item and correspond to §2, pp. 3–4.

A history policy σ=(g0,g1,…)\sigma=(g_0,g_1,\ldots)σ=(g0​,g1​,…) chooses AnA_nAn​ measurably from the states and actions observed through time nnn. Starting from xxx, it induces a law for the state-action trajectory. The first nnn stages incur the discounted cost Cβn=∑k=0n−1βkc(Xk,Ak)C^n_\beta=\sum_{k=0}^{n-1}\beta^k c(X_k,A_k)Cβn​=∑k=0n−1​βkc(Xk​,Ak​), with Cβ0=0C^0_\beta=0Cβ0​=0. The paper minimizes Exσ[U(CβN)]E_x^\sigma[U(C^N_\beta)]Exσ​[U(CβN​)] over every admissible history policy. The inverse utility appearing in the paper's original certainty-equivalent criterion can be omitted when selecting a minimizer because UUU is strictly increasing §2, p. 3; §3.3, p. 10.

The extended state is E^=E×[0,∞)×(0,1]\hat E=E\times[0,\infty)\times(0,1]E^=E×[0,∞)×(0,1]. Its coordinates (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) record the current physical state, accumulated cost, and current discount weight. Define Vnσ(x,y,z)=Exσ[U(y+zCβn)]V_{n\sigma}(x,y,z)=E_x^\sigma[U(y+zC^n_\beta)]Vnσ​(x,y,z)=Exσ​[U(y+zCβn​)] and Vn=inf⁡σ∈ΠVnσV_n=\inf_{\sigma\in\Pi}V_{n\sigma}Vn​=infσ∈Π​Vnσ​. A measurable extended-state decision rule fff chooses an action in D(x)D(x)D(x). The paper's operator TfT_fTf​ integrates a continuation value at (x′,y+zc(x,f(x,y,z)),zβ)(x',y+zc(x,f(x,y,z)),z\beta)(x′,y+zc(x,f(x,y,z)),zβ); TTT takes the infimum of the same integral over D(x)D(x)D(x) equations (3.8)–(3.9), pp. 10–11.

Formalization targets

The first target identifies the cost iteration of any sequence of extended-state rules π=(f0,f1,…)\pi=(f_0,f_1,\ldots)π=(f0​,f1​,…):

Vnπ=Tf0⋯Tfn−1U,1≤n≤N.V_{n\pi}=T_{f_0}\cdots T_{f_{n-1}}U,\qquad 1\le n\le N.Vnπ​=Tf0​​⋯Tfn−1​​U,1≤n≤N.

The second target is the paper's value iteration for the infimum over all history policies, together with membership of every VnV_nVn​ in its regularity class C(E^)C(\hat E)C(E^):

V0(x,y,z)=U(y),Vn=TVn−1,Vn∈C(E^).V_0(x,y,z)=U(y),\qquad V_n=TV_{n-1},\qquad V_n\in C(\hat E).V0​(x,y,z)=U(y),Vn​=TVn−1​,Vn​∈C(E^).

The goal is Theorem 3.6(c): minimizers fk∗f_k^*fk∗​ of Vk−1V_{k-1}Vk−1​ exist, and their stage-dependent history rules attain the original objective JN(x)=VN(x,0,1)J_N(x)=V_N(x,0,1)JN​(x)=VN​(x,0,1) for every xxx. At stage n<Nn<Nn<N, the rule uses fN−n∗f_{N-n}^*fN−n∗​ at the current state, the observed sum ∑j<nβjc(Xj,Aj)\sum_{j<n}\beta^jc(X_j,A_j)∑j<n​βjc(Xj​,Aj​), and βn\beta^nβn. “Optimal” compares against all admissible history policies, including those that use more of the history than these three quantities.

Significance

Theorem 3.6 gives a finite sequence of minimum-operator evaluations for a problem whose utility of total cost is not additively separable in the physical state alone. Its policy statement also identifies which observable quantities an optimal controller needs to retain. Together, these results relate the original history-dependent problem to an extended-state Markov decision problem §3.3, pp. 10–12.

The paper proves these statements. This mission asks for machine-checked definitions and proofs of the finite-horizon discounted theorem, including the comparison with all admissible history policies. The model layer and the finite-dimensional expectation construction can support later formalizations of other risk-sensitive objectives. The mission itself has no completed proof at the drafting stage.

Difficulty

The extra discount coordinate is essential: after one action, the next cost enters utility with weight zβz\betazβ, not zzz. Keeping only accumulated cost would describe a different process. The other demanding point is the policy comparison. An iteration over extended-state decision rules has to establish the value of an infimum over arbitrary measurable history policies. Regularity and measurable selection must also be maintained at each step under (CC). The proof of Theorem 3.6 invokes the corresponding total-cost argument from Theorem 3.1, pp. 5–6; the formal development must supply the precise discounted version.

Formalization scope

Lean represents EEE and AAA as Borel subsets of Polish spaces, with standard Borel measurable structures. The controlled process is a separate reusable definition containing DDD, QQQ, and history policies; the risk-sensitive model adds ccc, β\betaβ, and UUU. The admissible graph is Borel and every section D(x)D(x)D(x) is nonempty. A history is a chronological finite list of earlier state-action pairs and a current state. Each rule is defined on all lists, but only admissible lists of the matching length are visited. The transition kernel is total as a Lean object, and its values outside DDD are irrelevant.

Policy values use nested kernel integrals representing the finite-dimensional marginals of the path law. They are defined from the cost and utility, so the Bellman recursion remains a theorem. The optimized value is an infimum over the subtype of measurable, admissible infinite history policies. The real infimum is meaningful here because this policy class is nonempty under (CC) and finite-horizon costs keep utility bounded on the relevant interval. The extended state uses real coordinates restricted to y≥0y\ge0y≥0 and 0<z≤10<z\le10<z≤1; its transition stays in that domain. “Increasing” in C(E^)C(\hat E)C(E^) means componentwise nondecreasing in (y,z)(y,z)(y,z). A minimizer is an admissible measurable rule satisfying Tfv=TvT_fv=TvTf​v=Tv on the entire extended domain.

The source's proof sentence that TTT preserves C(E^)C(\hat E)C(E^) is recorded with explicit integrability of each one-step continuation. For an arbitrary real-valued member of C(E^)C(\hat E)C(E^) on an unbounded state space, the source's conditions alone do not ensure a finite real expectation. This domain condition prevents Lean's zero value for a nonintegrable real integral from turning the assertion into a different one. It does not narrow the finite-horizon values appearing in the goal. Contributions toward finite-dimensional expectation identities, kernel integrability, the regularity of VnV_nVn​, and measurable minimizer selection are within scope.

Selected references

  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, More Risk-Sensitive Markov Decision Processes, authors' manuscript, KIT repository 1000039663; published in Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1):105–120, 2014. Manuscript; DOI.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Control of Markov Processes with Incomplete State Information 2: The Minimal Expected Cost Lies Between the Complete-Information and Open-Loop ValuesResearch Paper

Why observations matter in finite-horizon control

When a controller acts on a system whose state is hidden, measurements may help it choose later actions, but the value of those measurements depends on the transition law, the observation mechanism, and the available controls. Åström's 1965 paper gave a finite-state formulation of this problem and compared the best expected loss under incomplete measurements with two limiting cases: exact state observations and no useful observations. The comparison, stated in (5.12), quantifies the value of the information available to the controller without requiring a particular numerical example. Åström, 1965.

The bounds are useful when an exact partially observed policy is difficult to calculate. The complete-information problem provides an optimistic benchmark, because a controller that sees the hidden state can condition its decision on more information. The open-loop problem provides a conservative benchmark, because it commits to a control schedule without responding to later measurements. Both auxiliary problems have simpler backward equations than the partially observed problem, as Åström notes in §V of the paper. Åström, 1965, pp. 190–193.

Model and notation

The hidden state xtx_txt​ belongs to a finite nonempty set SSS, and the measured output yty_tyt​ belongs to a finite nonempty set YYY. There are N≥1N\ge1N≥1 decision stages. At stage ttt, a control u(t)u(t)u(t) is chosen from a nonempty compact set U⊆RdU\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd. Given state iii and control u(t)u(t)u(t), the next state is jjj with probability pij(u(t),t+1)p_{ij}(u(t),t+1)pij​(u(t),t+1). At state iii, the observed output is jjj with probability qijq_{ij}qij​; observations are conditionally independent given the state path. The stage loss is g(u,i,t)g(u,i,t)g(u,i,t), with no fixed sign, terminal loss, or discount. The transition probabilities and loss are continuous in the control. Åström, 1965, §II.

An admissible control law may use the whole output history y1,…,yty_1,\ldots,y_ty1​,…,yt​ when choosing u(t)u(t)u(t). Write J(c)J(c)J(c) for its expected total loss, computed from the joint law of the state and output paths, and write OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT for the infimum of J(c)J(c)J(c) over every such admissible law. The distribution of x1x_1x1​ is p1p_1p1​. After the first output η1\eta_1η1​, the belief w(1)w(1)w(1) is the conditional distribution of x1x_1x1​. More generally, w(t)w(t)w(t) is the conditional distribution of xtx_txt​ given outputs through time ttt, when that history has positive probability.

Three backward values describe the information regimes. The partial-observation value Vk(w)V_k(w)Vk​(w) obeys the Bayesian recursion (3.28). The complete-information value Vk′(w)V'_k(w)Vk′​(w) is the linear extension ∑iSk(i)wi\sum_i S_k(i)w_i∑i​Sk​(i)wi​ of the statewise recursion (5.4). The open-loop value Vk′′(w)V''_k(w)Vk′′​(w) obeys (5.7), in which the belief moves by prediction through P(u)P(u)P(u) without using an output. Each recursion has terminal value zero at N+1N+1N+1. Åström, 1965, pp. 184, 190–191.

Formalization targets

Theorem 2 identifies the partial-observation value with the original control problem: a selector attaining the minimum in (3.28) exists, and every such selector yields an admissible feedback law attaining OPT=Eη1V1(w(1))\mathrm{OPT}=\mathbb E_{\eta_1}V_1(w(1))OPT=Eη1​​V1​(w(1)). Theorem 4 gives the complete-information lower bound Vk′(w)≤Vk(w)V'_k(w)\le V_k(w)Vk′​(w)≤Vk​(w), and Theorem 5 gives the open-loop upper bound Vk(w)≤Vk′′(w)V_k(w)\le V''_k(w)Vk​(w)≤Vk′′​(w) for every probability belief and every stage 1≤k≤N1\le k\le N1≤k≤N. Both inequalities apply to a general observation matrix. Åström, 1965, Theorems 2, 4 and 5.

The goal is the paper's expected-cost comparison (5.12), with its middle term explicitly identified as the minimum of the original problem:

OPT=Eη1V1(w(1)),Eη1V1′(w(1))≤OPT≤Eη1V1′′(w(1)).\mathrm{OPT}=\mathbb E_{\eta_1}V_1(w(1)),\qquad \mathbb E_{\eta_1}V'_1(w(1))\le\mathrm{OPT}\le \mathbb E_{\eta_1}V''_1(w(1)).OPT=Eη1​​V1​(w(1)),Eη1​​V1′​(w(1))≤OPT≤Eη1​​V1′′​(w(1)).

Here the expectation is over the first measured output under p1p_1p1​ and QQQ. An output with probability zero contributes zero. The left and right members represent, respectively, the costs with perfect state information and with no useful measurements. Åström, 1965, (5.12), p. 193.

What the result provides

For any model satisfying the stated finite-state assumptions, the two easier dynamic programs bracket the best achievable expected loss with partial information. The differences between these values are the paper's measures of the value of perfect state information and the value of incomplete state information, described immediately after (5.12). Because the loss may have either sign, these are order comparisons of minimal costs rather than bounds that depend on a nonnegativity convention. Åström, 1965, (5.13)–(5.14).

The mathematical result was established in the paper. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of its finite-path model, the three value recursions, the identification of P.1's minimum, and the information bounds. The value functions are linked by shared definitions, so later finite-state partially observed control developments can reuse the pathwise cost and Bayes update instead of rebuilding them for each theorem.

Where the proof is difficult

The tempting comparison between the three Bellman equations cannot simply replace the posterior belief by its average: the controller may choose different actions after different observations, and the continuation value is generally nonlinear in the belief. The exact-information case must also be read at beliefs concentrated at a single state. Its value formula is linear in an arbitrary input belief by definition, but the partial-observation value need not equal that linear function away from those state vertices. A second issue is connecting a feedback solution of (3.28) to the original expected loss over all output-history laws; using a belief-defined objective at the outset would assume the identification that Theorem 2 establishes.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses finite state, output, and horizon types, a nonempty compact control set in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, stochastic transition and observation rows, and continuous dependence on controls where the paper requires it. All probabilities and expectations are finite sums and products. A Fin N index of zero represents paper time one. The model starts from the law of x1x_1x1​, since §II introduces the law of x0x_0x0​ but specifies neither a control at time zero nor the transition to x1x_1x1​. The transition controlled at time ttt is therefore written with the paper's transition index t+1t+1t+1. These conventions make the first-output expectation and (3.22) use the same timing.

The norm of zjz^jzj is its ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 norm, the sum of absolute coordinates. At an impossible output, Lean's totalized posterior is zero; the associated continuation term has weight zero. Conditional-probability claims apply only to positive-probability histories. Each minimum over controls is represented by a real infimum over UUU. The compact control set is nonempty and the continuous costs are bounded on it, so this has the intended finite attained meaning on probability beliefs. The terminal values VN+1V_{N+1}VN+1​, SN+1S_{N+1}SN+1​ and VN+1′′V''_{N+1}VN+1′′​ are zero.

The original objective is a separate pathwise expected cost, minimized over all admissible output-history laws. The target includes its equality with Eη1V1(w(1))\mathbb E_{\eta_1}V_1(w(1))Eη1​​V1​(w(1)); stating only an inequality between three unrelated Bellman solutions would omit the subject of (5.12). Reusable contributions include finite-path probability identities, the Bayes recursion, attainment for continuous control minima, and the three value comparisons. No special observation matrix is assumed in Theorems 4, 5, or the goal.

Selected references

  • K. J. Åström, Optimal Control of Markov Processes with Incomplete State Information, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 10(1):174–205, 1965. DOI: 10.1016/0022-247X(65)90154-X.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 1: If the Policy Class Is Closed Under Policy Improvement, Every Stationary Point of the Policy Gradient Objective Is Globally OptimalResearch Paper

Why the landscape of policy gradient matters

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy for a Markov decision process by running gradient descent on its expected cost. They underlie most large-scale reinforcement learning, from robotics to game playing, and are also natural in operations research, where structured policy classes (linear feedback, base-stock levels, thresholds) are standard. The objective, however, is almost never convex in the parameters, and classical theory only promises convergence to stationary points. Whether such methods find optimal policies therefore depends on the landscape: whether stationary points can be suboptimal.

J. Bhandari and D. Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3, published in Operations Research, 2024, DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014) identify structural conditions under which the answer is no, connecting policy gradient to classical policy iteration. Fazel et al. (2018) established a landscape result for linear-quadratic control; Kakade and Langford (2002) developed a performance-difference identity for conservative policy iteration on finite MDPs. Bhandari and Russo's Theorem 1 gives a general sufficient condition on a general state space; Agarwal et al. (2021) developed the tabular case in detail.

Setting

A Markov decision process is a tuple (S,(As)s∈S,g,P,γ,ρ)(\mathcal S,(\mathcal A_s)_{s\in\mathcal S},g,P,\gamma,\rho)(S,(As​)s∈S​,g,P,γ,ρ): a measurable state space S\mathcal SS, nonempty feasible action sets As⊆A\mathcal A_s\subseteq\mathcal AAs​⊆A, a bounded measurable cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial probability distribution ρ\rhoρ. A policy is a measurable map π:S→A\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal Aπ:S→A; it is feasible, π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, if π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in\mathcal A_sπ(s)∈As​ for every sss.

For a policy π\piπ, the cost-to-go Jπ(s)J_\pi(s)Jπ​(s) is the expected discounted sum of costs started from sss. The discounted average cost is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi) = (1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ, and the discounted state-occupancy measure is ηπ=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPρπ(st∈⋅)\eta_\pi = (1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t P^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot)ηπ​=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPρπ​(st​∈⋅). The Bellman operators are

(TπJ)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ ⁣∫ ⁣J dP(⋅∣s,π(s)),(TJ)(s)=min⁡a∈As[g(s,a)+γ ⁣∫ ⁣J dP(⋅∣s,a)].(T_\pi J)(s) = g(s,\pi(s))+\gamma\!\int\! J\,dP(\cdot\mid s,\pi(s)),\qquad (TJ)(s) = \min_{a\in\mathcal A_s}\Big[g(s,a)+\gamma\!\int\! J\,dP(\cdot\mid s,a)\Big].(Tπ​J)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫JdP(⋅∣s,π(s)),(TJ)(s)=a∈As​min​[g(s,a)+γ∫JdP(⋅∣s,a)].

An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ satisfies Jπ∗≤JπJ_{\pi^*}\le J_\piJπ∗​≤Jπ​ pointwise for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π. Two standing assumptions hold throughout: Assumption 1, ηπ∗≪ρ\eta_{\pi^*}\ll\rhoηπ∗​≪ρ (the initial distribution is exploratory), and Assumption 2, measurable selection of a minimizing action in TTT.

A parameterized policy class is ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}⊆Π\Pi_\Theta = \{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}\subseteq\PiΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ}⊆Π with Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd convex, and ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta) = \ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​) is the policy gradient objective. A point θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ is stationary if ⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0\langle\theta'-\theta,\nabla\ell(\theta)\rangle\ge0⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0 for all θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ. The weighted policy-iteration objective is

B(θˉ∣η,J)=∫(TπθˉJ) dη,\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta,J) = \int (T_{\pi_{\bar\theta}}J)\,d\eta ,B(θˉ∣η,J)=∫(Tπθˉ​​J)dη,

the cost of following πθˉ\pi_{\bar\theta}πθˉ​ for one period and then incurring JJJ, averaged over η\etaη.

The three conditions of the main theorem are:

  • Condition 0 (differentiability): the policy parameter and the parameter that generates the occupancy measure vary jointly, with the resulting B\mathcal BB continuously differentiable near each (θ,θ)(\theta,\theta)(θ,θ);
  • Condition 1 (closure under policy improvement): for each π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​ some π+∈ΠΘ\pi^+\in\Pi_\Thetaπ+∈ΠΘ​ attains min⁡π′∈ΠB(π′∣ηπ,Jπ)\min_{\pi'\in\Pi}\mathcal B(\pi'\mid\eta_\pi,J_\pi)minπ′∈Π​B(π′∣ηπ​,Jπ​);
  • Condition 2.A: for each π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​, θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ,Jπ)\bar\theta\mapsto\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_\pi,J_\pi)θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ​,Jπ​) has no suboptimal stationary points on Θ\ThetaΘ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 14)

Under Conditions 0, 1 and 2.A, ℓ\ellℓ is continuously differentiable, and for every θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ

θ is a stationary point of ℓ⟺ℓ(πθ)=ℓ(π∗).\theta\ \text{is a stationary point of }\ell\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \ell(\pi_\theta) = \ell(\pi^*).θ is a stationary point of ℓ⟺ℓ(πθ​)=ℓ(π∗).

The right side compares with the optimum over all feasible policies, not only the class.

Milestones

  1. ηπ⪰(1−γ)ρ\eta_\pi\succeq(1-\gamma)\rhoηπ​⪰(1−γ)ρ (p. 7) and the element-wise inequalities (5), TJ⪯TπJTJ\preceq T_\pi JTJ⪯Tπ​J and TJπ⪯JπTJ_\pi\preceq J_\piTJπ​⪯Jπ​ (p. 7).
  2. The performance difference identity (29), ℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[TπJπˉ−Jπˉ] dηπ\ell(\pi)-\ell(\bar\pi) = \int[T_\pi J_{\bar\pi}-J_{\bar\pi}]\,d\eta_\piℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[Tπ​Jπˉ​−Jπˉ​]dηπ​ (p. 39).
  3. Lemma 6, the policy gradient theorem: ∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉB(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)∣θˉ=θ\nabla\ell(\theta) = \nabla_{\bar\theta}\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})|_{\bar\theta=\theta}∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉ​B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)∣θˉ=θ​ (p. 13).
  4. Lemma 7: at a stationary point, ∫Jπθ dηπθ=min⁡π∈ΠΘ∫(TπJπθ) dηπθ\int J_{\pi_\theta}\,d\eta_{\pi_\theta} = \min_{\pi\in\Pi_\Theta}\int(T_\pi J_{\pi_\theta})\,d\eta_{\pi_\theta}∫Jπθ​​dηπθ​​=minπ∈ΠΘ​​∫(Tπ​Jπθ​​)dηπθ​​ (p. 14).
  5. Lemma 8, the on-average Bellman equation: ℓ(π)=ℓ(π∗)  ⟺  ∫(Jπ−TJπ) dρ=0\ell(\pi) = \ell(\pi^*)\iff\int(J_\pi-TJ_\pi)\,d\rho = 0ℓ(π)=ℓ(π∗)⟺∫(Jπ​−TJπ​)dρ=0 (p. 15).

Significance

Theorem 1 converts a question about a nonconvex, multi-period objective into checks on single-period problems. Any algorithm that provably reaches stationary points (projected gradient descent, for instance) then reaches globally optimal policies whenever the policy class is closed under improvement and the one-step problems are benign. The paper verifies the conditions for LQ control, finite MDPs with softmax policies, optimal stopping with threshold policies and inventory control with base-stock policies; the quantitative refinements (gradient dominance, approximate closure, finite horizons) are the subject of the later missions of this series.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. A formalization would produce a measure-theoretic library for discounted MDPs on general spaces (cost-to-go via kernels, occupancy measures, Bellman operators, the performance difference identity) that is reusable well beyond this paper, and would pin down the exact differentiability hypothesis the argument needs.

Difficulty

The obvious route, differentiating ℓ(θ)=(1−γ)∫Jπθ dρ\ell(\theta) = (1-\gamma)\int J_{\pi_\theta}\,d\rhoℓ(θ)=(1−γ)∫Jπθ​​dρ directly, requires differentiating an infinite discounted sum of ttt-step kernels in the parameter, and on a general state space that derivative is not available without regularity of the transition law. The performance difference identity demands an exchange of an infinite series with integrals against composed kernels, and measurability of every object involved, including TJπTJ_\piTJπ​, which is measurable only through the selection assumption. The stationary-implies-optimal direction must pass from an inequality weighted by ηπθ\eta_{\pi_\theta}ηπθ​​ to one weighted by ρ\rhoρ, and then to ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​, where Assumption 1 enters.

Formalization scope

S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA are arbitrary measurable spaces; the paper takes Borel subsets of Euclidean spaces, a structure no argument uses. The cost ggg is bounded and, with the kernel PPP, defined on all of S×A\mathcal S\times\mathcal AS×A: Condition 0 differentiates at parameters near Θ\ThetaΘ, where πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​ need not be feasible. Policies are deterministic, stationary and measurable; randomized policies are covered by taking actions to be probability vectors. Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd is the Euclidean space, gradients are Euclidean, and Θ\ThetaΘ is convex (not assumed closed).

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • a stationary point includes differentiability of the function at that point;
  • J∗J^*J∗ is never an infimum over policies: an optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is a hypothesis, and J∗=Jπ∗J^* = J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​;
  • TTT is an infimum over As\mathcal A_sAs​, equal to the minimum on bounded functions;
  • the Bellman operators carry the factor γ\gammaγ, which the printed (3)–(4) omit but every other display and proof uses;
  • Condition 0 is the joint form: (θˉ,θ′)↦B(θˉ∣ηπθ′,Jπθ)(\bar\theta,\theta')\mapsto\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_{\theta'}},J_{\pi_\theta})(θˉ,θ′)↦B(θˉ∣ηπθ′​​,Jπθ​​) is C1C^1C1 near (θ,θ)(\theta,\theta)(θ,θ). The printed condition asks only for its two partial maps; the paper's proof of Lemma 6 expands a total derivative into partials, which needs the joint form, and the joint form implies the printed one;
  • Assumptions 1 and 2 are hypotheses of the goal (standing assumptions of §2);
  • Lemma 7 also carries Condition 0, which its proof uses through Lemma 6.

The goal does not assume that ΠΘ\Pi_\ThetaΠΘ​ contains π∗\pi^*π∗, the equation of Lemma 7 or the conclusion of Lemma 8; a formalization that takes any of these as a hypothesis trivializes the theorem.

A complete development needs the composition of kernels, interchange of series and integrals for bounded functions, the fixed-point identity TπJπ=JπT_\pi J_\pi = J_\piTπ​Jπ​=Jπ​, the performance difference identity, the first-order optimality condition on a convex set, and the chain rule for a jointly C1C^1C1 function along the diagonal. The MDP layer, the identity (29) and the element-wise inequalities are reused by the other missions of the series. Proofs of the milestones, and proofs of the identity (29) in isolation, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari, D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research, 2024 (arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786, https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.0014
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML, 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • M. Fazel, R. Ge, S. Kakade, M. Mesbahi, Global Convergence of Policy Gradient Methods for the Linear Quadratic Regulator, ICML, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.05039
  • A. Agarwal, S. Kakade, J. Lee, G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, JMLR, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261
  • O. Hernández-Lerma, J. B. Lasserre, Discrete-Time Markov Control Processes, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0729-0
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis of Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming Method: SDDP with Independently Subsampled Scenarios Finds an Optimal Policy of the SAA Problem in Finitely Many Iterations Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic linear programs model sequential decisions under uncertainty: capacity and reservoir planning, hydro-thermal scheduling, inventory and asset–liability management. When the data process is stagewise independent, the problem decomposes by dynamic programming into one linear program per stage, coupled through expected cost-to-go functions. These functions are convex and piecewise linear, and the stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP) method of Pereira and Pinto (1991) approximates them from below by cutting planes. SDDP is the standard solution method in the long-term planning of hydro-dominated power systems, and its convergence theory determines what the bounds it reports actually mean.

Shapiro's paper (Optimization Online 2009/12/2509; European J. Oper. Res. 209(1), 2011, doi:10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007) analyses SDDP applied to a sample average approximation (SAA) of the true problem, with all of the data (ct,At,Bt,bt)(c_t, A_t, B_t, b_t)(ct​,At​,Bt​,bt​) random. Its convergence result, Proposition 3.1, asserts finite convergence with probability one when the forward scenarios are subsampled independently. A related almost-sure finite convergence theorem for a different algorithm (DOASA, with randomness only in the right-hand sides and cut sharing across outcomes) is due to Philpott and Guan (2008); it is posed as a separate mission on this platform and is not restated here.

Setting

There are T≥2T\ge 2T≥2 stages. The decision xt∈Rntx_t\in\mathbb R^{n_t}xt​∈Rnt​ satisfies xt≥0x_t\ge 0xt​≥0 and, at the first stage, A1x1=b1A_1x_1=b_1A1​x1​=b1​ with deterministic data (c1,A1,b1)(c_1,A_1,b_1)(c1​,A1​,b1​). For t=2,…,Tt=2,\dots,Tt=2,…,T the data are replaced by a sample ξ~tj=(c~tj,A~tj,B~tj,b~tj)\tilde\xi_t^j=(\tilde c_{tj},\tilde A_{tj},\tilde B_{tj},\tilde b_{tj})ξ~​tj​=(c~tj​,A~tj​,B~tj​,b~tj​), j=1,…,Ntj=1,\dots,N_tj=1,…,Nt​, each with probability 1/Nt1/N_t1/Nt​, independently across stages, and the stage-ttt constraint is B~tjxt−1+A~tjxt=b~tj\tilde B_{tj}x_{t-1}+\tilde A_{tj}x_t=\tilde b_{tj}B~tj​xt−1​+A~tj​xt​=b~tj​. The SAA cost-to-go functions are defined backwards from Q~T+1≡0\widetilde{\mathcal Q}_{T+1}\equiv 0Q​T+1​≡0:

Q~tj(xt−1)=inf⁡xt≥0{c~tj⊤xt+Q~t+1(xt):B~tjxt−1+A~tjxt=b~tj},Q~t=1Nt∑j=1NtQ~tj.\widetilde Q_{tj}(x_{t-1})=\inf_{x_t\ge0}\big\{\tilde c_{tj}^\top x_t+\widetilde{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}(x_t):\tilde B_{tj}x_{t-1}+\tilde A_{tj}x_t=\tilde b_{tj}\big\},\qquad \widetilde{\mathcal Q}_t=\frac1{N_t}\sum_{j=1}^{N_t}\widetilde Q_{tj}.Q​tj​(xt−1​)=xt​≥0inf​{c~tj⊤​xt​+Q​t+1​(xt​):B~tj​xt−1​+A~tj​xt​=b~tj​},Q​t​=Nt​1​j=1∑Nt​​Q​tj​.

A scenario is a choice (j2,…,jT)(j_2,\dots,j_T)(j2​,…,jT​); there are N=∏tNtN=\prod_t N_tN=∏t​Nt​ of them, each of probability 1/N1/N1/N. A policy xˉt=xˉt(ξ~[t])\bar x_t=\bar x_t(\tilde\xi_{[t]})xˉt​=xˉt​(ξ~​[t]​) depends only on the outcomes up to stage ttt; it is optimal for the SAA problem if it is feasible on every scenario and its expected cost 1N∑scenarios∑tc~t⊤xˉt\frac1N\sum_{\text{scenarios}}\sum_t\tilde c_t^\top\bar x_tN1​∑scenarios​∑t​c~t⊤​xˉt​ is minimal.

SDDP keeps, for each stage, a finite set of cuts α+β⊤x\alpha+\beta^\top xα+β⊤x whose maximum Qt+1\mathfrak Q_{t+1}Qt+1​ lies below Q~t+1\widetilde{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}Q​t+1​. An iteration has a forward step: MMM scenarios are sampled, and along each of them the decisions xˉt\bar x_txˉt​ solve the stage problems with Qt+1\mathfrak Q_{t+1}Qt+1​ in place of Q~t+1\widetilde{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}Q​t+1​, (3.13)–(3.14). It also has a backward step: from t=T−1t=T-1t=T−1 down to 111, at each trial point xˉt\bar x_txˉt​ the stage-(t+1)(t+1)(t+1) problems with the current cuts are solved for all Nt+1N_{t+1}Nt+1​ outcomes, and the cut (3.17) ℓ(x)=Q~‾t+1(xˉt)+g~⊤(x−xˉt)\ell(x)=\underline{\widetilde{\mathcal Q}}_{t+1}(\bar x_t)+\tilde g^\top(x-\bar x_t)ℓ(x)=Q​​t+1​(xˉt​)+g~​⊤(x−xˉt​) is added, where g~\tilde gg~​ averages −B~⊤π-\tilde B^\top\pi−B~⊤π over basic optimal (extreme-point) dual solutions π\piπ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.1

Suppose the forward scenarios are drawn independently and uniformly from the SAA scenarios, (A1) holds ((3.13) and (3.14) have finite optimal values for every scenario at every iteration), and the backward steps use basic optimal dual solutions. Then

P(∃K ∀k≥K: the forward policy defined by Q2k,…,QTk is optimal for the SAA problem)=1.P\Big(\exists K\ \forall k\ge K:\ \text{the forward policy defined by }\mathfrak Q^k_2,\dots,\mathfrak Q^k_{T}\text{ is optimal for the SAA problem}\Big)=1 .P(∃K ∀k≥K: the forward policy defined by Q2k​,…,QTk​ is optimal for the SAA problem)=1.

The goal fixes no iteration count, no rate and no number of forward scenarios M≥1M\ge1M≥1.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Attainment: an LP of the form (3.13)/(3.14) with finite optimal value has an optimal solution.
  2. Cut validity: every cut lies below Q~t+1\widetilde{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}Q​t+1​ on reachable decisions, and Q~‾tj≤Q~tj\underline{\widetilde Q}_{tj}\le\widetilde Q_{tj}Q​​tj​≤Q​tj​.
  3. Lower bound: the optimal value ϑ‾k\underline\vartheta_kϑ​k​ of (3.13) is at most the SAA optimal value.
  4. Finitely many cutting planes (3.17) for a fixed next-stage cut set, uniformly in the trial point.
  5. Finitely many realizations of the Qt\mathfrak Q_tQt​ and of first-stage solutions; along each run the cut sets are eventually constant.
  6. A policy is optimal for the SAA problem if and only if it satisfies the dynamic programming conditions (3.18) on every scenario.
  7. With probability one every SAA scenario is drawn at infinitely many iterations.

Significance

The result separates SDDP's sampling from its convergence: on a finite scenario tree, independent subsampling of forward paths suffices for the method to stop at an optimal policy, without ever enumerating the tree. It explains why the lower bound ϑ‾k\underline\vartheta_kϑ​k​ eventually equals the SAA optimal value, which is what makes the gap-based stopping rules of the paper (§3, Remarks 4–6) meaningful. The paper's closing remark stresses that without independence of the forward scenarios there is no guarantee of convergence.

The proposition is proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of it, or of any SDDP convergence theorem, exists to our knowledge. Formalizing it requires a precise account of what the method is: which dual solutions, which forward solutions, which order of updates. Several of these points are left implicit on the page.

Difficulty

Finiteness of the cut universe (milestones 4–5) is a statement about extreme points of dual polyhedra whose dimension grows with the cut sets of the next stage, so it must be organized stage by stage from TTT down. The central difficulty is the last step of the argument. Once the approximations have stopped changing, one must show that the stable cuts are exact where the forward policy goes, so that the forward policy satisfies (3.18). The obvious argument, "if (3.18) fails at the last stage where it fails, the next cut there increases Q\mathfrak QQ", does not work as printed: (3.18) holding at later stages does not by itself make the next-stage approximation exact at the trial point. Closing this step is where the conventions on forward solutions and on sampling listed below become essential.

Formalization scope

The Lean development is in the namespace ShapiroSDDP.Convergence. Stages are numbered 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T; the data of stage t+1t+1t+1 are stored under index ttt (the coupling matrix is indexed by the decision it multiplies); V t is Q~t+1\widetilde{\mathcal Q}_{t+1}Q​t+1​, with V t ≡ 0 for t≥Tt\ge Tt≥T. Cost-to-go values are real infima, used only on reachable decisions. The explicit readings are:

  • cost-to-go functions finite valued on reachable decisions (the paper: everywhere; weaker);
  • initial cut sets: a parameter, nonempty and valid on reachable decisions, with {(0,0)}\{(0,0)\}{(0,0)} at stage TTT;
  • forward solutions from a deterministic oracle that reads the cut set and returns an optimal solution whenever one exists; the goal holds for every such oracle;
  • basic optimal duals: extreme points of the dual feasible region, chosen arbitrarily; the goal holds for every run;
  • (A1) as a hypothesis on the run; M≥1M\ge1M≥1 forward scenarios per iteration, i.i.d. uniform (independence via iIndepFun);
  • forward step before backward step within an iteration, with cuts at that iteration's trial points.

Optimality of a policy is defined by expected cost, never by (3.18), so that milestone 6 is not definitional. Sampling is stated as i.i.d. uniform draws, not as "every scenario recurs", which is milestone 7. All of c,A,B,bc,A,B,bc,A,B,b depend on the outcome. If some A~tj\tilde A_{tj}A~tj​ lacks full row rank, no basic dual solution exists and no run exists; a sorry-free witness instance shows that all hypotheses of the goal can hold together.

Useful infrastructure: LP weak and strong duality (LinearOptimization.lp_weak_duality, LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality exist on the platform in their own encoding), finiteness of extreme points of polyhedra, attainment for polyhedral objectives, and the second Borel–Cantelli lemma (ProbabilityTheory.measure_limsup_eq_one). Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on LPs with cut epigraphs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming Method, Optimization Online preprint 2009/12/2509; European Journal of Operational Research 209(1):63–72, 2011. https://optimization-online.org/2009/12/2509/ · https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Mathematical Programming 52:359–375, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Operations Research Letters 36(4):450–455, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • J. E. Kelley, The cutting-plane method for solving convex programs, J. SIAM 8(4):703–712, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1137/0108053
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, SIAM, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718751
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning IV: Advantages at Most ε/T under μ Make a Policy ε + T‖d_{π′,s₀} − μ‖₁ Close to Every Policy of the ClassTextbook

Motivation

Planning in a Markov decision process with a large or infinite state space cannot visit every state. The trajectory tree method of Kearns, Mansour and Ng (2000) finds a near-best policy in a class Π\PiΠ with a number of generative-model calls independent of the state space, but exponential in the horizon TTT. Chapter 6 of S. M. Kakade's PhD thesis, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning (University College London, 2003), trades that exponential factor for a weaker notion of optimality. The weaker notion is tied to a reset distribution μ\muμ that encodes prior knowledge of where good policies spend their time, such as a desired trajectory in robotic control or a known operating regime of a queueing network.

The resulting algorithm, μ-PolicySearch, chooses one decision rule per time step, backward in time, from a hypothesis class Π1\Pi_1Π1​, optimizing each against states drawn from μ\muμ. The same idea was later published as Policy Search by Dynamic Programming (Bagnell, Kakade, Ng and Schneider, NeurIPS 2003). Conservative policy iteration (Kakade and Langford, ICML 2002) carries the same reset-distribution idea into the discounted setting.

Timeline:

  • 2000 — Kearns, Mansour and Ng: trajectory trees; uniform convergence over Π\PiΠ with O(2T)O(2^T)O(2T) dependence on the horizon.
  • 2002 — Kakade and Langford: the performance difference lemma for discounted values and conservative policy iteration under a reset distribution.
  • 2003 — Kakade's thesis, Chapter 6: μ-optimality (Theorem 6.3.1) and μ-PolicySearch, with sample complexity polynomial in TTT (Theorem 6.3.3, an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) statement not part of this mission).

Setting

A T-epoch MDP has a finite state set SSS, a finite nonempty action set AAA, a transition kernel P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), a deterministic reward r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1] and a horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1. Decision epochs are t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1. A non-stationary policy π\piπ gives a distribution π(⋅∣s,t)\pi(\cdot\mid s,t)π(⋅∣s,t) over actions at each state and epoch. A decision rule is a map h:S→Ah:S\to Ah:S→A. A class Π1\Pi_1Π1​ of decision rules induces the class Π=Π1T\Pi=\Pi_1^TΠ=Π1T​ of deterministic policies that use a rule of Π1\Pi_1Π1​ at every epoch.

Values are normalized. The ttt-value Vπ,t(s)V_{\pi,t}(s)Vπ,t​(s) is 1T\frac1TT1​ times the expected reward collected from epoch ttt to T−1T-1T−1 when starting in sss at epoch ttt, so Vπ,t(s)∈[0,1]V_{\pi,t}(s)\in[0,1]Vπ,t​(s)∈[0,1]. The value is Vπ(s)=Vπ,0(s)V_\pi(s)=V_{\pi,0}(s)Vπ​(s)=Vπ,0​(s). The state-action value is Qπ,t(s,a)=1Tr(s,a)+Es′∼P(⋅∣s,a)[Vπ,t+1(s′)]Q_{\pi,t}(s,a)=\frac1T r(s,a)+\mathbb E_{s'\sim P(\cdot\mid s,a)}[V_{\pi,t+1}(s')]Qπ,t​(s,a)=T1​r(s,a)+Es′∼P(⋅∣s,a)​[Vπ,t+1​(s′)], and the advantage is Aπ,t(s,a)=Qπ,t(s,a)−Vπ,t(s)A_{\pi,t}(s,a)=Q_{\pi,t}(s,a)-V_{\pi,t}(s)Aπ,t​(s,a)=Qπ,t​(s,a)−Vπ,t​(s). The future state-time distribution of π\piπ from s0s_0s0​ is dπ,s0(s,t)=1TPr⁡(st=s∣π,s0)d_{\pi,s_0}(s,t)=\frac1T\Pr(s_t=s\mid\pi,s_0)dπ,s0​​(s,t)=T1​Pr(st​=s∣π,s0​) on S×{0,…,T−1}S\times\{0,\dots,T-1\}S×{0,…,T−1}.

A μ-reset distribution μ\muμ is a family of distributions μ(⋅∣t)\mu(\cdot\mid t)μ(⋅∣t) on SSS, one per epoch t<Tt<Tt<T. Its joint law, uniform over epochs, is μ(s,t)=μ(s∣t)/T\mu(s,t)=\mu(s\mid t)/Tμ(s,t)=μ(s∣t)/T. For a decision rule hhh the μ-advantage is

Aπ,t(μ,h)=Es∼μ(⋅∣t)[Aπ,t(s,h(s))],A_{\pi,t}(\mu,h)=\mathbb E_{s\sim\mu(\cdot\mid t)}\big[A_{\pi,t}(s,h(s))\big],Aπ,t​(μ,h)=Es∼μ(⋅∣t)​[Aπ,t​(s,h(s))],

and Qπ,t(μ,h)Q_{\pi,t}(\mu,h)Qπ,t​(μ,h) is defined in the same way. The ℓ1 distance of two functions on S×{0,…,T−1}S\times\{0,\dots,T-1\}S×{0,…,T−1} is ∥p−q∥1=∑s∑t<T∣p(s,t)−q(s,t)∣\|p-q\|_1=\sum_s\sum_{t<T}|p(s,t)-q(s,t)|∥p−q∥1​=∑s​∑t<T​∣p(s,t)−q(s,t)∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: μ-optimality (Theorem 6.3.1, p. 75)

If a policy π\piπ satisfies Aπ,t(μ,h)≤ε/TA_{\pi,t}(\mu,h)\le\varepsilon/TAπ,t​(μ,h)≤ε/T for all h∈Π1h\in\Pi_1h∈Π1​ and t<Tt<Tt<T, then for all π′∈Π\pi'\in\Piπ′∈Π and all start states s0s_0s0​,

Vπ(s0)≥Vπ′(s0)−ε−T ∥dπ′,s0−μ∥1.V_\pi(s_0)\ge V_{\pi'}(s_0)-\varepsilon-T\,\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\mu\|_1 .Vπ​(s0​)≥Vπ′​(s0​)−ε−T∥dπ′,s0​​−μ∥1​.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5.2.1 (undiscounted), p. 59. Vπ′(s0)−Vπ(s0)=T E(s,t)∼dπ′,s0Ea∼π′(⋅∣s,t)[Aπ,t(s,a)]V_{\pi'}(s_0)-V_\pi(s_0)=T\,\mathbb E_{(s,t)\sim d_{\pi',s_0}}\mathbb E_{a\sim\pi'(\cdot\mid s,t)}[A_{\pi,t}(s,a)]Vπ′​(s0​)−Vπ​(s0​)=TE(s,t)∼dπ′,s0​​​Ea∼π′(⋅∣s,t)​[Aπ,t​(s,a)] for all policies π,π′\pi,\pi'π,π′.
  • Change of measure, p. 76. T Edπ′,s0Eπ′[Aπ,t]≤T EμEπ′[Aπ,t]+T∥dπ′,s0−μ∥1T\,\mathbb E_{d_{\pi',s_0}}\mathbb E_{\pi'}[A_{\pi,t}]\le T\,\mathbb E_{\mu}\mathbb E_{\pi'}[A_{\pi,t}]+T\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\mu\|_1TEdπ′,s0​​​Eπ′​[Aπ,t​]≤TEμ​Eπ′​[Aπ,t​]+T∥dπ′,s0​​−μ∥1​.
  • Lemma 5.3.1, p. 63. The policy returned by non-stationary approximate policy iteration (NAPI) has the same Qπ,tQ_{\pi,t}Qπ,t​ as the input policy of update ttt. Its advantages are bounded by the per-state errors εt(s)\varepsilon_t(s)εt​(s) of the PolicyChooser.
  • Theorem 6.3.2, p. 76. Exact μ-PolicySearch returns π~\tilde\piπ~ with Aπ~,t(μ,h)≤0A_{\tilde\pi,t}(\mu,h)\le0Aπ~,t​(μ,h)≤0 for all h∈Π1h\in\Pi_1h∈Π1​, t<Tt<Tt<T.

Significance

Theorem 6.3.1 states what μ-PolicySearch buys. The guarantee holds at every start state, whereas the trajectory tree guarantee holds only at the root it was built for. The policy is guaranteed to compete with each policy of Π\PiΠ whose future state-time distribution is close to μ\muμ. The penalty T∥dπ′,s0−μ∥1T\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\mu\|_1T∥dπ′,s0​​−μ∥1​ makes the role of the reset distribution precise: it is the price of the change from the "training" distribution μ\muμ to the "test" distribution dπ′,s0d_{\pi',s_0}dπ′,s0​​. With Theorem 6.3.2 at ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0, the exact algorithm attains the bound with no slack. The sample-based analysis (Theorem 6.3.3) reduces to controlling the ε/T\varepsilon/Tε/T condition.

The results are proved in the thesis, and no machine-checked version is known to exist. The mission produces a Lean development of the normalized T-epoch model (non-stationary policies, ttt-values, advantages, future state-time distributions) together with the undiscounted performance difference lemma. These pieces are the common substrate of Chapters 4–6 of the thesis and of later finite-horizon policy-search analyses.

Difficulty

The performance difference lemma relates two objects defined in opposite directions of time: the state distribution of π′\pi'π′ runs forward from s0s_0s0​, while the ttt-values of π\piπ are defined backward from the horizon. A formal statement must keep the epochs of the two aligned, including the boundary epochs t=0t=0t=0 and t=T−1t=T-1t=T−1. The change of measure needs the bound ∣Aπ,t(s,a)∣≤1|A_{\pi,t}(s,a)|\le1∣Aπ,t​(s,a)∣≤1, which holds only because values are normalized and rewards lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. With unnormalized rewards the constant TTT in front of the ℓ1 term is wrong.

A first idea is to read the hypothesis as "the advantages are small under dπ′,s0d_{\pi',s_0}dπ′,s0​​". That reading is not available. The hypothesis controls averages under μ\muμ only, and the gap between the two distributions is exactly the penalty term.

Formalization scope

  • The state space is finite (Fintype S), so expectations and the ℓ1 distance are finite sums. The thesis also allows infinite state spaces in this chapter, with integrals in place of sums.
  • Epochs are 0-based, t∈{0,…,T−1}t\in\{0,\dots,T-1\}t∈{0,…,T−1}, with T≥1T\ge1T≥1.
  • Values carry the factor 1/T1/T1/T. Vπ,tV_{\pi,t}Vπ,t​ is defined by backward recursion and is 000 for t≥Tt\ge Tt≥T.
  • Policies are real functions π t s a together with a validity predicate. Deterministic policies h=(ht)h=(h_t)h=(ht​) enter as indicator policies π(a∣s,t)=1[a=ht(s)]\pi(a\mid s,t)=\mathbf 1[a=h_t(s)]π(a∣s,t)=1[a=ht​(s)].
  • Π1\Pi_1Π1​ is an arbitrary set of deterministic decision rules, not assumed finite. Exact μ-PolicySearch is described as a run: the chosen rule at each update is an exact maximizer over Π1\Pi_1Π1​ of Qπ,t(μ,⋅)Q_{\pi,t}(\mu,\cdot)Qπ,t​(μ,⋅) for the current policy π\piπ, and the run is stated by hypotheses rather than by a choice of argmax.
  • The policy π\piπ in the goal may be stochastic. The competitors π′\pi'π′ range over Π1T\Pi_1^TΠ1T​.
  • The μ-mismatch term must stay in the goal. Dropping it, or replacing dπ′,s0d_{\pi',s_0}dπ′,s0​​ by μ\muμ, gives a different and false statement. An empty class Π1\Pi_1Π1​ makes the conclusion vacuous. That case is harmless, since the conclusion only quantifies over π′∈Π1T\pi'\in\Pi_1^Tπ′∈Π1T​, and the source has it too.

The T-epoch layer (policies, state distributions, values, advantages, the future state-time distribution) is shared with the other missions of this series (namespaces SampleComplexityRL.PolicyGrad and SampleComplexityRL.Mismeasure); the μ-reset objects are defined in SampleComplexityRL.MuPolicySearch; IsTransitionKernel and IsPolicy are published definitions. Contributions of the performance difference lemma and of general facts about the T-epoch layer (values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], dπ,s0d_{\pi,s_0}dπ,s0​​ sums to one) are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. M. Kakade, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning, PhD thesis, Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit, University College London, 2003. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10100726/
  • M. Kearns, Y. Mansour, A. Y. Ng, Approximate planning in large POMDPs via reusable trajectories, NeurIPS 12, 2000. https://papers.nips.cc/paper_files/paper/1999
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately optimal approximate reinforcement learning, ICML 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • J. A. Bagnell, S. Kakade, A. Y. Ng, J. Schneider, Policy search by dynamic programming, NeurIPS 16, 2003. https://papers.nips.cc/paper_files/paper/2003
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Bounded-parameter Markov Decision Processes 1: The Optimistic and Pessimistic Optimal Interval Value Functions Satisfy Bellman-like EquationsResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process is specified by numbers: transition probabilities and rewards. In practice these numbers are estimated from data, elicited from experts, or produced by aggregating the states of a larger model, and in each case what is actually known is a range for each parameter rather than its value. Givan, Leach and Dean (Artificial Intelligence, 2000) introduced bounded-parameter MDPs (BMDPs) to reason about a whole family of MDPs at once: every transition probability is only known to lie in a closed interval. Their motivation was state-space aggregation, where grouping states with similar but not identical dynamics yields exactly such interval bounds, and the same object later reappeared as the interval or "box" uncertainty set of robust MDPs (Nilim and El Ghaoui, 2005; Iyengar, 2005) and of optimistic exploration in reinforcement learning (Strehl and Littman, 2008).

Over such a family, the value of a policy is no longer a number but an interval, and "optimal" needs a definition. This mission formalizes the paper's answer: two total orders on intervals, the corresponding optimal policies, and the Bellman-like equations their interval value functions satisfy.

Setting

An exact MDP M=⟨Q,A,F,R⟩M=\langle Q,A,F,R\rangleM=⟨Q,A,F,R⟩ has a finite set QQQ of states, a finite nonempty set AAA of actions, transition probabilities Fpq(α)≥0F_{pq}(\alpha)\ge 0Fpq​(α)≥0 with ∑qFpq(α)=1\sum_{q}F_{pq}(\alpha)=1∑q​Fpq​(α)=1, a reward R(q)∈RR(q)\in\mathbb RR(q)∈R for each state and a discount rate 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. A policy is a map π:Q→A\pi:Q\to Aπ:Q→A; Π\PiΠ is the set of all policies. The value function VM,π(p)V_{M,\pi}(p)VM,π​(p) is the expected discounted sum of rewards ∑t≥0γt E[R(Xt)∣X0=p]\sum_{t\ge 0}\gamma^t\,\mathbb E[R(X_t)\mid X_0=p]∑t≥0​γtE[R(Xt​)∣X0​=p] along the Markov chain with transitions Fpq(π(p))F_{pq}(\pi(p))Fpq​(π(p)). The operators

VIM,π(v)(p)=R(p)+γ∑qFpq(π(p)) v(q),VIM,α(v)(p)=R(p)+γ∑qFpq(α) v(q)VI_{M,\pi}(v)(p)=R(p)+\gamma\sum_{q}F_{pq}(\pi(p))\,v(q),\qquad VI_{M,\alpha}(v)(p)=R(p)+\gamma\sum_{q}F_{pq}(\alpha)\,v(q)VIM,π​(v)(p)=R(p)+γq∑​Fpq​(π(p))v(q),VIM,α​(v)(p)=R(p)+γq∑​Fpq​(α)v(q)

act on value functions v:Q→Rv:Q\to\mathbb Rv:Q→R. V1≤domV2V_1\le_{\mathrm{dom}}V_2V1​≤dom​V2​ is the statewise order.

A BMDP M↕M_\updownarrowM↕​ gives for each p,q,αp,q,\alphap,q,α an interval [F↓pq(α),F↑pq(α)]⊆[0,1][F_\downarrow{}_{pq}(\alpha),F_\uparrow{}_{pq}(\alpha)]\subseteq[0,1][F↓​pq​(α),F↑​pq​(α)]⊆[0,1] with ∑qF↓pq(α)≤1≤∑qF↑pq(α)\sum_q F_\downarrow{}_{pq}(\alpha)\le 1\le\sum_q F_\uparrow{}_{pq}(\alpha)∑q​F↓​pq​(α)≤1≤∑q​F↑​pq​(α), a reward RRR and a discount rate γ\gammaγ. Its members M∈M↕M\in M_\updownarrowM∈M↕​ are the exact MDPs with that RRR and γ\gammaγ and with FpqM(α)∈[F↓pq(α),F↑pq(α)]F^M_{pq}(\alpha)\in[F_\downarrow{}_{pq}(\alpha),F_\uparrow{}_{pq}(\alpha)]FpqM​(α)∈[F↓​pq​(α),F↑​pq​(α)]. The interval value of a policy is

V↕π(q)=[min⁡M∈M↕VM,π(q), max⁡M∈M↕VM,π(q)]=[V↓π(q),V↑π(q)].V_\updownarrow{}_\pi(q)=\Big[\min_{M\in M_\updownarrow}V_{M,\pi}(q),\ \max_{M\in M_\updownarrow}V_{M,\pi}(q)\Big]=[V_\downarrow{}_\pi(q),V_\uparrow{}_\pi(q)].V↕​π​(q)=[M∈M↕​min​VM,π​(q), M∈M↕​max​VM,π​(q)]=[V↓​π​(q),V↑​π​(q)].

Intervals are compared by the optimistic order, which compares upper bounds first and breaks ties by lower bounds, and the pessimistic order, which compares lower bounds first:

[l1,u1]≤opt[l2,u2]  ⟺  u1<u2 ∨ (u1=u2∧l1≤l2),[l1,u1]≤pes[l2,u2]  ⟺  l1<l2 ∨ (l1=l2∧u1≤u2).[l_1,u_1]\le_{\mathrm{opt}}[l_2,u_2]\iff u_1<u_2\ \vee\ (u_1=u_2\wedge l_1\le l_2),\qquad [l_1,u_1]\le_{\mathrm{pes}}[l_2,u_2]\iff l_1<l_2\ \vee\ (l_1=l_2\wedge u_1\le u_2).[l1​,u1​]≤opt​[l2​,u2​]⟺u1​<u2​ ∨ (u1​=u2​∧l1​≤l2​),[l1​,u1​]≤pes​[l2​,u2​]⟺l1​<l2​ ∨ (l1​=l2​∧u1​≤u2​).

A policy πopt\pi_{\mathrm{opt}}πopt​ is optimistically optimal if V↕πopt(q)≥optV↕π(q)V_\updownarrow{}_{\pi_{\mathrm{opt}}}(q)\ge_{\mathrm{opt}}V_\updownarrow{}_\pi(q)V↕​πopt​​(q)≥opt​V↕​π​(q) for all π\piπ and qqq; pessimistically optimal is defined with ≥pes\ge_{\mathrm{pes}}≥pes​. The optimal interval value functions are V↕opt=V↕πoptV_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}}=V_\updownarrow{}_{\pi_{\mathrm{opt}}}V↕​opt​=V↕​πopt​​ and V↕pes=V↕πpesV_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{pes}}=V_\updownarrow{}_{\pi_{\mathrm{pes}}}V↕​pes​=V↕​πpes​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9, equations (25) and (26)

At every state ppp,

V↕opt(p)=max⁡α∈A, ≤opt[min⁡M∈M↕VIM,α(V↓opt)(p), max⁡M∈M↕VIM,α(V↑opt)(p)],V_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}}(p)=\max_{\alpha\in A,\ \le_{\mathrm{opt}}}\Big[\min_{M\in M_\updownarrow}VI_{M,\alpha}(V_\downarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}})(p),\ \max_{M\in M_\updownarrow}VI_{M,\alpha}(V_\uparrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}})(p)\Big],V↕​opt​(p)=α∈A, ≤opt​max​[M∈M↕​min​VIM,α​(V↓​opt​)(p), M∈M↕​max​VIM,α​(V↑​opt​)(p)],

and the same with pes\mathrm{pes}pes in place of opt\mathrm{opt}opt. The maximum over actions is for the total order on intervals: attained by some action and an upper bound for every action.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: Theorem 3 (second sentence: VM,πV_{M,\pi}VM,π​ is the unique fixed point of VIM,πVI_{M,\pi}VIM,π​); Theorem 6 (comparison: u≤domVIM,π(u)u\le_{\mathrm{dom}}VI_{M,\pi}(u)u≤dom​VIM,π​(u) implies u≤domVM,πu\le_{\mathrm{dom}}V_{M,\pi}u≤dom​VM,π​, and its three variants); Lemma 1 (every member's values and backups are bracketed by finitely many order-maximizing MDPs); Lemma 2 (statewise composition of member MDPs dominates, or is dominated by, both components); Theorem 7 (π\piπ-maximizing and π\piπ-minimizing MDPs exist among the order-maximizing ones); Corollary 1 (V↓πV_\downarrow{}_\piV↓​π​ and V↑πV_\uparrow{}_\piV↑​π​ are a minimum and a maximum for ≤dom\le_{\mathrm{dom}}≤dom​); Lemma 3 (statewise composition of policies improves the upper, resp. lower, bounds); Theorem 8 (optimistically and pessimistically optimal policies exist).

Significance

Theorem 9 is the interval analogue of the Bellman optimality equation. It is what makes the optimal interval value functions computable: the paper's interval value iteration algorithms IVI↕optIVI_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}}IVI↕​opt​ and IVI↕pesIVI_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{pes}}IVI↕​pes​ (Section 5) iterate exactly the right-hand sides of (25) and (26). The lower half of (26) is the max-min equation of robust dynamic programming with rectangular box uncertainty, and the upper half of (25) is the max-max equation behind optimistic planning; Theorem 9 states both, together with the tie-breaking second component, in one model. Theorems 7 and 8 are of independent use: a single member MDP is worst (or best) for a policy at all states at once, and the partial orders on interval value functions nevertheless have maxima over policies.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof. The platform has robust Bellman equations in other models (costs, general rectangular sets, a sup over nature) but nothing on BMDPs, interval value functions, or the orders ≤opt\le_{\mathrm{opt}}≤opt​ and ≤pes\le_{\mathrm{pes}}≤pes​. The mission produces the paper's optimality theory end to end, from the comparison principle for exact MDPs to the two Bellman-like equations, on a model shared with the companion mission on interval policy evaluation.

Difficulty

The orders ≤opt\le_{\mathrm{opt}}≤opt​ and ≤pes\le_{\mathrm{pes}}≤pes​ are total on intervals but only partial on interval value functions, and they are lexicographic. The obvious construction of an optimal policy, switching statewise to whichever of two policies has the better interval, fails: the composed policy need not dominate either component in ≤opt\le_{\mathrm{opt}}≤opt​, because lower bounds can get worse at states where the upper bounds do not change (the paper says so explicitly, eq. (20)). Existence therefore needs a two-stage argument. A second obstacle is that V↓πV_\downarrow{}_\piV↓​π​ and V↑πV_\uparrow{}_\piV↑​π​ are defined statewise, as minima over an uncountable family; that one member attains them at every state simultaneously is a theorem (Theorem 7), and the Bellman-like equations rest on it. Finally, the inner minima in (25) act on V↓optV_\downarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}}V↓​opt​, the lower bound of an optimistically chosen policy, which is not the componentwise best lower bound over policies; the equation couples the two components through the tie-break.

Formalization scope

QQQ and AAA are finite types, AAA is nonempty; QQQ may be empty. An exact MDP is a structure with transition function F p α q =Fpq(α)=F_{pq}(\alpha)=Fpq​(α), stochastic rows, reward R:Q→RR:Q\to\mathbb RR:Q→R and discount 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. VM,πV_{M,\pi}VM,π​ is defined as the convergent series ∑tγtPπtR\sum_t\gamma^tP_\pi^tR∑t​γtPπt​R, not as a solution of (2). Rewards of the BMDP are tight, as the paper assumes from footnote 3 on; reward intervals are not formalized. Members of M↕M_\updownarrowM↕​ form a subtype of exact MDPs with the BMDP's RRR and γ\gammaγ. The minima and maxima of Definition 3 and of (25)–(26) are the real infimum and supremum over that subtype, which is nonempty and on which values are bounded, so no junk value enters. Intervals are pairs (lower, upper); the orders (17) are spelled out. Policies are deterministic stationary maps Q→AQ\to AQ→A, the paper's Π\PiΠ. An ordering of QQQ is a bijection Fin |Q| ≃ Q, and the index rrr of Definition 1 is the largest index at which expression (9) does not exceed 1 (the page's phrase admits ties; only the largest index keeps the remaining mass inside its interval). Definition 8 is read as V↕opt=V↕πoptV_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}}=V_\updownarrow{}_{\pi_{\mathrm{opt}}}V↕​opt​=V↕​πopt​​ for an optimistically optimal πopt\pi_{\mathrm{opt}}πopt​, so the goal is quantified over all optimistically (pessimistically) optimal policies; Theorem 8 is the milestone that makes this quantification non-vacuous. Lemma 3 is stated as in the Appendix (p. 36): part (d) concerns π4=π1⊕pesπ2\pi_4=\pi_1\oplus_{\mathrm{pes}}\pi_2π4​=π1​⊕pes​π2​, where p. 17 misprints π3\pi_3π3​.

A formalization in which members carry their own discount, rows need not sum to one, the minima range over all functions Q→A→Q→RQ\to A\to Q\to\mathbb RQ→A→Q→R, or V↕optV_\updownarrow{}_{\mathrm{opt}}V↕​opt​ is the componentwise supremum over policies would make several statements false or trivial; each is ruled out above.

Contributions welcome beyond proofs of the milestones: a reusable theory of discounted policy evaluation for finite MDPs (the series representation, the fixed-point characterization, monotonicity of VIM,πVI_{M,\pi}VIM,π​), which other missions on finite MDPs can import.

Selected references

  • R. Givan, S. Leach, T. Dean, Bounded-parameter Markov decision processes, Artificial Intelligence 122 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0004-3702(00)00047-3
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Strehl, M. Littman, An analysis of model-based interval estimation for Markov decision processes, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 74(8), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2007.08.009
  • M. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Negative Dynamic Programming III: If the Actions Are Essentially Finite, Value Iteration from Zero Converges to the Optimal Return and a Stationary Policy Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A dynamic programming problem in Blackwell's sense describes a controller who observes the state of a system, picks an action, collects a return, and watches the system move at random to a new state, forever. Blackwell treated the discounted case, with a bounded return and a discount factor below one (Blackwell 1965), and the positive bounded case. Strauch's paper (Strauch 1966) studies the third case, the negative case: the return is non-positive and there is no discounting. Equivalently, a non-negative cost is minimized over an infinite horizon. This is the setting of stochastic shortest-path, optimal stopping with costs, and many inventory and search problems in which the total cost may be infinite.

In the negative case two standard tools of the discounted theory break down. An optimal policy need not exist, and the natural algorithm, value iteration from the zero function, need not converge to the optimal return. Strauch's §9 gives a condition on the action sets, essential finiteness, under which both are restored. The introduction (p. 872) summarizes the finite case: "In the negative case, … if A is finite, there is an optimal policy (Section 9)." In the later terminology of Bertsekas and Shreve (1978), Strauch's negative case is their positive-cost model, for which value iteration from zero is known to require such finiteness or compactness conditions.

Setting

The state space SSS and the action space AAA are non-empty Borel sets. The law of motion q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) is a probability measure on SSS depending measurably on (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). The return r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t), collected when action aaa is taken in state sss and the next state is ttt, is a Borel function with −∞<r≤0-\infty<r\le 0−∞<r≤0 and ∫r(s,a,t) dq(t∣s,a)>−∞\int r(s,a,t)\,dq(t\mid s,a)>-\infty∫r(s,a,t)dq(t∣s,a)>−∞ for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a).

A policy π=(π1,π2,… )\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\dots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) chooses the nnnth action at random, with a law depending measurably on the whole history (s1,a1,…,sn)(s_1,a_1,\dots,s_n)(s1​,a1​,…,sn​). A Markov policy (f1,f2,… )(f_1,f_2,\dots)(f1​,f2​,…) is a sequence of measurable maps S→AS\to AS→A; the stationary policy f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) uses one map fff at every stage. The expected return from the initial state sss is

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞π1q⋯πnq r (s)∈[−∞,0],I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^\infty \pi_1q\cdots\pi_nq\,r\,(s)\in[-\infty,0],I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​π1​q⋯πn​qr(s)∈[−∞,0],

the sum of the expected stage returns. The optimal return is v∗=sup⁡πI(π)v^*=\sup_\pi I(\pi)v∗=supπ​I(π), over all policies, and π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal if I(π∗)≥v∗I(\pi^*)\ge v^*I(π∗)≥v∗ at every state.

For a measurable f:S→Af:S\to Af:S→A and a non-positive Borel uuu, the operator TTT of fff is

Tu(s)=∫[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)] dq(t∣s,f(s)),Tu(s)=\int\big[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)\big]\,dq(t\mid s,f(s)),Tu(s)=∫[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)]dq(t∣s,f(s)),

and the operator of a Markov policy π∗=(f1,f2,… )\pi^*=(f_1,f_2,\dots)π∗=(f1​,f2​,…) is Uu=sup⁡nTnuUu=\sup_nT_nuUu=supn​Tn​u, with TnT_nTn​ the operator of fnf_nfn​. Value iteration is the sequence Un0U^n0Un0.

Actions aaa and bbb are equivalent at sss if r(s,a,⋅)=r(s,b,⋅)r(s,a,\cdot)=r(s,b,\cdot)r(s,a,⋅)=r(s,b,⋅) and q(⋅∣s,a)=q(⋅∣s,b)q(\cdot\mid s,a)=q(\cdot\mid s,b)q(⋅∣s,a)=q(⋅∣s,b). AAA is essentially finite by π∗\pi^*π∗ if there is a partition of SSS into Borel sets S1,S2,…S_1,S_2,\dotsS1​,S2​,… such that for s∈Sns\in S_ns∈Sn​ every action is equivalent at sss to one of f1(s),…,fn(s)f_1(s),\dots,f_n(s)f1​(s),…,fn​(s). A finite AAA is essentially finite by any Markov policy whose first ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ rules are the constant rules.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.1 (N), p. 887

If AAA is essentially finite by π∗\pi^*π∗ and UUU is the operator of π∗\pi^*π∗, then

Un0(s)→n→∞v∗(s)=sup⁡πI(π)(s)for every s,and∃f: I(f(∞))≥v∗.U^n0(s)\xrightarrow[n\to\infty]{}v^*(s)=\sup_\pi I(\pi)(s)\quad\text{for every } s,\qquad\text{and}\qquad \exists f:\ I(f^{(\infty)})\ge v^*.Un0(s)n→∞​v∗(s)=πsup​I(π)(s)for every s,and∃f: I(f(∞))≥v∗.

Both parts are kept together, as printed. The goal fixes no constants and no rate.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.1 (N), p. 880. For every Markov policy π^\hat\piπ^ with operator UUU, lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0 exists and
lim⁡nUn0 ≥ sup⁡π∈G(π^)I(π) ≥ sup⁡f(∞)∈G(π^)I(f(∞)),\lim_nU^n0\ \ge\ \sup_{\pi\in G(\hat\pi)}I(\pi)\ \ge\ \sup_{f^{(\infty)}\in G(\hat\pi)}I(f^{(\infty)}),nlim​Un0 ≥ π∈G(π^)sup​I(π) ≥ f(∞)∈G(π^)sup​I(f(∞)),

where G(π^)G(\hat\pi)G(π^) is the set of π^\hat\piπ^-generated policies (each rule equal to fnf_nfn​ on the nnnth piece of a Borel partition). 2. Proof of Theorem 8.4, p. 887. sup⁡πI(π)=sup⁡{I(π^)∣π^ Markov}\sup_\pi I(\pi)=\sup\{I(\hat\pi)\mid\hat\pi\text{ Markov}\}supπ​I(π)=sup{I(π^)∣π^ Markov} pointwise. 3. Proof of Theorem 9.1, p. 887, first step. Under essential finiteness, Un0U^n0Un0 is non-increasing and I(π)≤v∞:=lim⁡nUn0I(\pi)\le v^\infty:=\lim_nU^n0I(π)≤v∞:=limn​Un0 for every policy π\piπ. 4. Proof of Theorem 9.1, p. 887, second step. Under essential finiteness, Uv∞≥v∞Uv^\infty\ge v^\inftyUv∞≥v∞.

Inside the proof of Theorem 9.1 the paper writes v∗v^*v∗ for lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0; the mission writes v∞v^\inftyv∞ for it and reserves v∗v^*v∗ for sup⁡πI(π)\sup_\pi I(\pi)supπ​I(π).

An optional extra item states the introduction's special case: if AAA is finite, an optimal policy exists (§1, p. 872).

Significance

Theorem 9.1 gives, in the negative case, both a computational and an existential conclusion. Value iteration from zero computes the optimal return, so the optimal total cost of an essentially finite problem is the limit of the optimal finite-horizon costs. An optimal policy exists and can be taken stationary, so the controller needs only a single measurable decision rule. Without a hypothesis of this kind neither conclusion holds in the negative case; Example 6.1 of the paper exhibits a problem where the limit of value iteration, the best return among generated policies, and the best stationary return all differ.

The result is proved in the paper. What the mission adds is a machine-checked statement and, eventually, proof of it on general Borel spaces, with the return allowed to equal −∞-\infty−∞. Blackwell's discounted analogue already has a published statement on Prove2Me (DiscountedDP.Stationary.theorem7b_optimal_stationary), in a bounded-return model; the negative case is a separate statement in a separate model. No formalization of the negative case is known to exist.

Difficulty

The discounted proof rests on the contraction property of UUU in the supremum norm, and in the negative case that property is missing: returns are unbounded below and there is no discount. The obvious argument, "Un0U^n0Un0 decreases to some v∞v^\inftyv∞, and v∞v^\inftyv∞ is the optimal return because finite-horizon play approximates infinite play", fails at the second step. The finite-horizon optimum can stay strictly above the infinite-horizon optimum, because a policy can postpone a cost beyond every fixed horizon; this is exactly the gap Example 6.1 exhibits. Closing it needs the essential finiteness of the actions together with the reduction of arbitrary policies to Markov ones (milestone 2), whose proof in the paper passes through the measurable-selection results of §7–§8.

Formalization scope

  • The state and action spaces are non-empty standard Borel types; "Baire function" means Borel measurable.
  • The law of motion is a Markov kernel; the return is real-valued, non-positive, Borel, and integrable against every q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) (the paper's r>−∞r>-\inftyr>−∞ and qr>−∞qr>-\inftyqr>−∞).
  • Returns live in EReal and are computed as minus the lintegral of the loss −r-r−r, which keeps the value −∞-\infty−∞. I(π)I(\pi)I(π) is the sum over stages of the expected stage loss, which equals the paper's integral over futures by monotone convergence.
  • v∗v^*v∗ is the supremum over every randomized history-dependent plan, never over Markov or stationary policies only, and it is not defined through UUU. Defining v∗v^*v∗ as lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0 would make part (a) of the goal hold by unfolding; this trivializing formalization is excluded.
  • Optimality is against every plan, at every state.
  • UUU is the operator of the fixed π∗\pi^*π∗ of the hypothesis, applied from the zero function; convergence is pointwise in EReal.
  • Stages are numbered from 000 in Lean. Essential finiteness is zero-based: Lean's piece nnn is the paper's Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​ and allows the rules f1,…,fn+1f_1,\dots,f_{n+1}f1​,…,fn+1​. The pieces are measurable, pairwise disjoint and cover SSS; empty pieces are allowed, as in the paper.
  • Explicit choices: the existence of lim⁡Un0\lim U^n0limUn0 in Lemma 6.1 is part of the statement; the limit in the steps of Theorem 9.1 is written as the infimum of the non-increasing sequence.
  • Only the negative case is formalized; the paper's discounted and positive parts are not.

Policies, Markov policies, stationary policies and π^\hat\piπ^-generated rules come from the published definitions DiscountedDP.Stationary.Model, .Return and .Operators; the negative model is defined locally because the published Problem has a bounded return and a discount factor below one. A complete development needs the Ionescu-Tulcea construction of the history laws (already encoded as iterated composition products), monotone convergence for kernels, the measurable-selection step behind milestone 2, and a pigeonhole argument over the essentially finite action classes. The model and the Markov-reduction milestone are reusable by the other missions of this series. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to milestone 2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. E. Strauch, Negative Dynamic Programming, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 37(4), 871–890, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1), 226–235, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. http://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete Dynamic Programming with Sensitive Discount Optimality Criteria 2: No Improvement of Order n+1 Implies n-Discount Optimality, Which Rules Out Improvement of Order nResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite Markov decision process is usually solved under one of two criteria: the expected total discounted reward, for a fixed interest rate, or the long-run average reward. Neither is satisfactory when the interest rate is small and not known precisely. Blackwell (Blackwell 1962) showed that some stationary policy is optimal for every discount factor close enough to one, and that the average-reward criterion cannot tell apart policies with the same gain but very different transient rewards. Veinott's 1969 paper interpolates between these two: it introduces a hierarchy of nnn-discount optimality criteria, indexed by n=−1,0,1,…n=-1,0,1,\dotsn=−1,0,1,…, each more selective than the previous, and characterizes the stationary policies that meet each level through the Laurent expansion of the discounted return in the interest rate.

Timeline. Blackwell (1962) introduced the expansion of the discounted return near β=1\beta=1β=1 to first order and the criteria now called −1+-1^+−1+ and ∞+\infty^+∞+ discount optimality. Veinott (1966) gave a policy improvement method for the bias (0+0^+0+) criterion. Miller and Veinott (1969) gave the full Laurent expansion and a policy improvement algorithm for Blackwell optimality in the stochastic case. The present paper (1969) extends this to substochastic transition matrices and to negative interest rates in the transient case, defines the n±n^\pmn± criteria, and proves Theorem 4, the subject of this mission.

Setting

There are finitely many states sss (the paper's 1,…,S1,\dots,S1,…,S); in each state a finite nonempty action set AsA_sAs​. Action aaa in state sss earns r(s,a)∈Rr(s,a)\in\mathbb Rr(s,a)∈R and leads to state ttt with weight p(t∣s,a)≥0p(t\mid s,a)\ge0p(t∣s,a)≥0, where ∑tp(t∣s,a)≤1\sum_t p(t\mid s,a)\le1∑t​p(t∣s,a)≤1 (the remaining mass is the probability of stopping). A decision rule f∈F=×sAsf\in F=\times_s A_sf∈F=×s​As​ picks one action per state; r(f)r(f)r(f) and P(f)P(f)P(f) are its reward vector and substochastic transition matrix, Q(f)=P(f)−IQ(f)=P(f)-IQ(f)=P(f)−I. A policy is a sequence π=(f1,f2,… )\pi=(f_1,f_2,\dots)π=(f1​,f2​,…) of decision rules, f∞=(f,f,… )f^\infty=(f,f,\dots)f∞=(f,f,…) is a stationary policy, and PN(π)=P(f1)⋯P(fN)P^N(\pi)=P(f_1)\cdots P(f_N)PN(π)=P(f1​)⋯P(fN​).

For an interest rate ρ>−1\rho>-1ρ>−1 and β=(1+ρ)−1\beta=(1+\rho)^{-1}β=(1+ρ)−1, the discounted return is

Vρ(π)=∑N=1∞βNPN−1(π) r(fN).V_\rho(\pi)=\sum_{N=1}^{\infty}\beta^N P^{N-1}(\pi)\,r(f_N).Vρ​(π)=N=1∑∞​βNPN−1(π)r(fN​).

For a substochastic PPP, P∗P^*P∗ is the Cesàro limit of its powers and H=(I−P+P∗)−1−P∗H=(I-P+P^*)^{-1}-P^*H=(I−P+P∗)−1−P∗ its deviation matrix.

A policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is n±n^\pmn± discount optimal if, componentwise,

lim inf⁡ρ→0±∣ρ∣−n [Vρ(π∗)−Vρ(π)]≥0for all policies π.\liminf_{\rho\to0\pm}|\rho|^{-n}\,[V_\rho(\pi^*)-V_\rho(\pi)]\ge0\quad\text{for all policies }\pi .ρ→0±liminf​∣ρ∣−n[Vρ​(π∗)−Vρ​(π)]≥0for all policies π.

Dn±D_n^\pmDn±​ is the set of fff with f∞f^\inftyf∞ n±n^\pmn± discount optimal, and D−2=FD_{-2}=FD−2​=F. The sign −-− (interest rate approaching zero from below) is considered only in the transient case, where ∑NP(f)N\sum_N P(f)^N∑N​P(f)N converges for every fff.

The Laurent coefficients of Vρ(f∞)V_\rho(f^\infty)Vρ​(f∞) are y−1±(f)=±P∗(f)r(f)y_{-1}^\pm(f)=\pm P^*(f)r(f)y−1±​(f)=±P∗(f)r(f) and yn±(f)=(∓1)nH(f)n+1r(f)y_n^\pm(f)=(\mp1)^nH(f)^{n+1}r(f)yn±​(f)=(∓1)nH(f)n+1r(f), n≥0n\ge0n≥0; with y−2±=0y_{-2}^\pm=0y−2±​=0 and r0=rr_0=rr0​=r, rn=0r_n=0rn​=0 otherwise, the test quantities are

ψn±(g,f)=rn(g)+Q(g) yn±(f)∓yn−1±(f),n≥−1.\psi_n^\pm(g,f)=r_n(g)+Q(g)\,y_n^\pm(f)\mp y_{n-1}^\pm(f),\qquad n\ge-1 .ψn±​(g,f)=rn​(g)+Q(g)yn±​(f)∓yn−1±​(f),n≥−1.

Ψn±(g,f)\Psi_n^\pm(g,f)Ψn±​(g,f) is the matrix with columns ψ−1±,…,ψn±\psi_{-1}^\pm,\dots,\psi_n^\pmψ−1±​,…,ψn±​, and Gn±(f)={g∈F:Ψn±(g,f)≻0}G_n^\pm(f)=\{g\in F:\Psi_n^\pm(g,f)\succ0\}Gn±​(f)={g∈F:Ψn±​(g,f)≻0}, where C≻0C\succ0C≻0 means that the first nonzero entry of every row of CCC is positive and C≠0C\ne0C=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For f∈Ff\in Ff∈F and n=−2,−1,…,S−1n=-2,-1,\dots,S-1n=−2,−1,…,S−1:

Gn+1±(f)=∅ ⟹ f∈Dn±,f∈Dn± ⟹ Gn±(f)=∅.G_{n+1}^\pm(f)=\varnothing\ \Longrightarrow\ f\in D_n^\pm,\qquad f\in D_n^\pm\ \Longrightarrow\ G_n^\pm(f)=\varnothing .Gn+1±​(f)=∅ ⟹ f∈Dn±​,f∈Dn±​ ⟹ Gn±​(f)=∅.

The two halves bracket Dn±D_n^\pmDn±​ between two finitely checkable conditions.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: the Cesàro limit and (15); Lemma 5 (the reduced resolvent); Theorem 2 (the Laurent expansion Rρ(Q)=ρ−1P∗+∑n≥0(−ρ)nHn+1R_\rho(Q)=\rho^{-1}P^*+\sum_{n\ge0}(-\rho)^nH^{n+1}Rρ​(Q)=ρ−1P∗+∑n≥0​(−ρ)nHn+1); Lemma 7 (P∗+ρHP^*+\rho HP∗+ρH nonnegative, positive diagonal, nonsingular for small ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0); Theorem 3 (the expansion of Vρ(f∞)V_\rho(f^\infty)Vρ​(f∞)); (30)–(31) (the comparison identity); Lemma 8 (the expansion of the test quantity); Lemma 9 (the coefficient identity); the nonemptiness of D∞±D_\infty^\pmD∞±​; the characterization Dn±={f:Yn±(f)⪰Yn±(g) ∀g}D_n^\pm=\{f: Y_n^\pm(f)\succeq Y_n^\pm(g)\ \forall g\}Dn±​={f:Yn±​(f)⪰Yn±​(g) ∀g}; Theorem 5 (lexicographic improvement).

Significance

Theorem 4 turns a criterion stated through limits over all, possibly non-stationary, policies into a finite test on one-step switches. It is what lets the policy improvement method of Miller and Veinott stop early when only an n±n^\pmn± discount optimal policy is sought, rather than an S±S^\pmS± (Blackwell) optimal one, and it recovers Blackwell's algorithm for −1+-1^+−1+ and Veinott's 1966 algorithm for 0+0^+0+ as the cases n=−1,0n=-1,0n=−1,0. The nnn-discount hierarchy is the standard framework for sensitive optimality in Markov decision processes and underlies the average-overtaking and bias criteria used in later work.

The results are proved in the paper (Theorem 3 and Lemma 8 by reference to Miller–Veinott). None of them is formalized: the platform has the Cesàro limit matrix and the deviation matrix as definitions (from Blackwell 1962), and an open statement of their basic properties for stochastic matrices only. This mission adds the substochastic matrix theory of §3, the Laurent expansion of discounted returns with Veinott's normalization, and the lexicographic characterization of n±n^\pmn± discount optimality.

Difficulty

The definition of Dn±D_n^\pmDn±​ compares f∞f^\inftyf∞ with every policy, and the comparison is a liminf of a scaled difference of infinite series. The obvious route, comparing Laurent coefficients, applies only to stationary policies, whose returns have Laurent expansions; reducing the comparison with arbitrary policies to stationary ones requires the existence of an ∞±\infty^\pm∞± discount optimal stationary policy, which is a separate existence theorem. The second difficulty is that P∗P^*P∗ may be singular or zero and the chain may have several recurrent classes: Lemma 7 is what replaces an analysis of the chain structure in the inductive step of the proof.

Formalization scope

Lean 4 with Mathlib, namespace VeinottSensitiveDP.Sensitive. States form a nonempty Fintype; each state has its own finite nonempty action type A s; policies are sequences ℕ → F with π 0 the paper's f1f_1f1​. All quantities are real. P∗P^*P∗ and HHH are the published limitMatrix and deviationMatrix; their properties for substochastic matrices are milestones, not assumptions. VρV_\rhoVρ​ is a tsum with Veinott's extra factor β\betaβ; every theorem about it carries the hypotheses under which the series converges. The spectral radius is that of the complexified matrix. The sign ±\pm± is a real parameter σ∈{1,−1}\sigma\in\{1,-1\}σ∈{1,−1}, and statements for σ=−1\sigma=-1σ=−1 assume the transient case. The liminf in (27) is encoded as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually ≥−ε\ge-\varepsilon≥−ε", which is the extended-real liminf. Matrices with columns −1,…,n-1,\dots,n−1,…,n are functions of an integer column index read on [−1,n][-1,n][−1,n].

A trivializing formalization would define Dn±D_n^\pmDn±​ by comparison with stationary policies only, or directly as the lexicographic maximizers of Yn±Y_n^\pmYn±​; here Dn±D_n^\pmDn±​ is defined by (27) against all policies, and the lexicographic characterization is a milestone.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the matrix results of §3 (reusable for any work on deviation matrices and Laurent expansions of Markov chains), of the Laurent expansions, and of the existence of ∞±\infty^\pm∞± discount optimal stationary policies.

Selected references

  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., Discrete dynamic programming with sensitive discount optimality criteria, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(5):1635–1660, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697379
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete dynamic programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., On finding optimal policies in discrete dynamic programming with no discounting, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(5):1284–1294, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699272
  • B. L. Miller and A. F. Veinott, Jr., Discrete dynamic programming with a small interest rate, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(2):366–370, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697700
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On Finding Optimal Policies in Discrete Dynamic Programming with No Discounting 2: f Maximizes Gain and Then Bias Exactly When Its Averaged Finite-Horizon Returns Dominate Every Stationary Policy'sResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process with finitely many states and actions is usually run either with a discount factor β<1\beta<1β<1 or under the long-run average criterion. Without discounting, the total return over an infinite horizon is typically infinite, and the average return per period ignores everything that happens in any finite stretch of time: two policies with equal gain (average return per period) can differ by a fixed amount of income forever, and the average criterion cannot tell them apart. Finer, undiscounted criteria that break such ties are a standard topic of the MDP literature (Puterman, Markov Decision Processes, Ch. 10), and the paper of this mission is one of their starting points.

Timeline. Howard (1960) introduced policy iteration for the average-return problem. Blackwell (1962) expanded the discounted return of a stationary policy near β=1\beta=1β=1 as x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+o(1)x(f)/(1-\beta)+y(f)+o(1)x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+o(1), defined 1-optimal ("nearly optimal") policies, and showed that the stationary 1-optimal policies are exactly those that maximize the gain x(f)x(f)x(f) and then the bias y(f)y(f)y(f). Veinott (1966), the source of this mission, gave a finite algorithm for such policies and, in §5, a characterization of the same set by an undiscounted criterion: comparing the Cesàro averages of the finite-horizon total returns. Later work (Veinott 1969) developed the hierarchy of nnn-discount optimality criteria from this starting point.

Setting

There are finitely many states sss and a finite set of actions; in state sss, action aaa earns the income i(s,a)i(s,a)i(s,a) and moves the system to state s′s's′ with probability q(s′∣s,a)q(s'\mid s,a)q(s′∣s,a). A decision rule f∈Ff\in Ff∈F chooses an action f(s)f(s)f(s) in each state; r(f)r(f)r(f) is the vector with entries i(s,f(s))i(s,f(s))i(s,f(s)), and Q(f)Q(f)Q(f) is the Markov matrix with entries q(s′∣s,f(s))q(s'\mid s,f(s))q(s′∣s,f(s)). A policy is a sequence π=(f1,f2,… )\pi=(f_1,f_2,\dots)π=(f1​,f2​,…) of decision rules, Qn(π)=Q(f1)⋯Q(fn)Q_n(\pi)=Q(f_1)\cdots Q(f_n)Qn​(π)=Q(f1​)⋯Q(fn​) with Q0(π)=IQ_0(\pi)=IQ0​(π)=I, and f∞=(f,f,… )f^\infty=(f,f,\dots)f∞=(f,f,…) is the stationary policy that uses fff every period.

The limit matrix Q∗(f)=lim⁡N→∞N−1∑i=0N−1Q(f)iQ^*(f)=\lim_{N\to\infty}N^{-1}\sum_{i=0}^{N-1}Q(f)^iQ∗(f)=limN→∞​N−1∑i=0N−1​Q(f)i exists for every Markov matrix. The gain and bias of fff are

x(f)=Q∗(f) r(f),y(f)=H(f) r(f),H(f)=(I−Q(f)+Q∗(f))−1−Q∗(f).x(f)=Q^*(f)\,r(f),\qquad y(f)=H(f)\,r(f),\qquad H(f)=\bigl(I-Q(f)+Q^*(f)\bigr)^{-1}-Q^*(f).x(f)=Q∗(f)r(f),y(f)=H(f)r(f),H(f)=(I−Q(f)+Q∗(f))−1−Q∗(f).

Vectors are compared coordinatewise. The decision rules of maximal gain form

F′={f∈F:x(f)≥x(g) for all g∈F},F'=\{f\in F: x(f)\ge x(g)\text{ for all }g\in F\},F′={f∈F:x(f)≥x(g) for all g∈F},

and those of maximal bias among them form

F′′={f∈F′:y(f)≥y(g) for all g∈F′}.F''=\{f\in F': y(f)\ge y(g)\text{ for all }g\in F'\}.F′′={f∈F′:y(f)≥y(g) for all g∈F′}.

Finally, the nnn-period total expected return of a policy π\piπ, starting from each state, is

Vn(π)=∑i=0n−1Qi(π) r(fi+1).V^n(\pi)=\sum_{i=0}^{n-1}Q_i(\pi)\,r(f_{i+1}).Vn(π)=i=0∑n−1​Qi​(π)r(fi+1​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

For every f∈Ff\in Ff∈F,

f∈F′′  ⟺  lim⁡N→∞1N∑n=1N[Vn(f∞)−Vn(g∞)] ≥ 0for all g∈F,f\in F''\iff \lim_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\sum_{n=1}^{N}\bigl[V^n(f^\infty)-V^n(g^\infty)\bigr]\ \ge\ 0\quad\text{for all }g\in F,f∈F′′⟺N→∞lim​N1​n=1∑N​[Vn(f∞)−Vn(g∞)] ≥ 0for all g∈F,

where the inequality is coordinatewise and the limit is taken in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞].

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 (Blackwell): Vβ(f∞)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+ε(β,f)V_\beta(f^\infty)=x(f)/(1-\beta)+y(f)+\varepsilon(\beta,f)Vβ​(f∞)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+ε(β,f) with ε(β,f)→0\varepsilon(\beta,f)\to0ε(β,f)→0 as β→1−\beta\to1^-β→1−, where x(f)x(f)x(f) and y(f)y(f)y(f) are the unique solutions of [I−Q(f)]x=0, Q∗(f)x=Q∗(f)r(f)[I-Q(f)]x=0,\ Q^*(f)x=Q^*(f)r(f)[I−Q(f)]x=0, Q∗(f)x=Q∗(f)r(f) and [I−Q(f)]y=r(f)−x(f), Q∗(f)y=0[I-Q(f)]y=r(f)-x(f),\ Q^*(f)y=0[I−Q(f)]y=r(f)−x(f), Q∗(f)y=0.
  2. The nnn-step identity (p. 1293): y(f)=Vn(f∞)−n x(f)+Q(f)ny(f)y(f)=V^n(f^\infty)-n\,x(f)+Q(f)^n y(f)y(f)=Vn(f∞)−nx(f)+Q(f)ny(f) for every nnn.
  3. (27): y(f)=lim⁡N→∞N−1∑n=1N[Vn(f∞)−n x(f)]y(f)=\lim_{N\to\infty}N^{-1}\sum_{n=1}^N[V^n(f^\infty)-n\,x(f)]y(f)=limN→∞​N−1∑n=1N​[Vn(f∞)−nx(f)].
  4. (28): N−1∑n=1NVn(f∞)=N+12x(f)+y(f)+σ(N,f)N^{-1}\sum_{n=1}^N V^n(f^\infty)=\tfrac{N+1}{2}x(f)+y(f)+\sigma(N,f)N−1∑n=1N​Vn(f∞)=2N+1​x(f)+y(f)+σ(N,f) with σ(N,f)→0\sigma(N,f)\to0σ(N,f)→0.
  5. Theorem 4 (Blackwell): F′′F''F′′ is nonempty and is exactly the set of fff for which f∞f^\inftyf∞ is 1-optimal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7 gives the set F′′F''F′′, defined through the discount-factor expansion, an interpretation that involves no discounting at all: f∞f^\inftyf∞ maximizes gain and then bias exactly when, from every starting state, its Cesàro-averaged finite-horizon returns are in the limit at least those of every other stationary policy. Combined with Theorem 4 it identifies the stationary 1-optimal policies with the stationary policies that are optimal under this average-overtaking comparison. The paper records a consequence (an optimal policy in the average-overtaking sense (26) that is stationary is 1-optimal) and conjectures the converse; that remark and conjecture are not part of this mission.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (Theorems 3 and 4 are Blackwell's). None of them is formalized: the Blackwell expansion (Theorem 3) is an open item on Prove2Me, referenced here, and Theorem 4, the nnn-step identity, (27), (28) and Theorem 7 have no machine-checked proof. A complete development gives the first formal treatment of Cesàro-averaged finite-horizon returns of a finite MDP and their relation to gain and bias.

Difficulty

The paper calls Theorem 7 "an immediate consequence of the representation (28)". For the direction "the limit condition implies f∈F′′f\in F''f∈F′′" this is accurate: a state where x(f)<x(g)x(f)<x(g)x(f)<x(g) would drive the average to −∞-\infty−∞, so f∈F′f\in F'f∈F′, and then the constant terms give the bias comparison over F′F'F′. The converse is where the obvious argument stops. It must hold for every g∈Fg\in Fg∈F, including g∉F′g\notin F'g∈/F′; at a state where x(f)s=x(g)sx(f)_s=x(g)_sx(f)s​=x(g)s​ for such a ggg, (28) needs y(f)s≥y(g)sy(f)_s\ge y(g)_sy(f)s​≥y(g)s​, and the definition of F′′F''F′′ only compares biases with gain-maximal rules. That inequality comes from 1-optimality of f∞f^\inftyf∞ (Theorem 4) together with the expansion of Theorem 3, not from (28). Proving (27) itself requires the Cesàro convergence N−1∑n<NQ(f)n→Q∗(f)N^{-1}\sum_{n<N}Q(f)^n\to Q^*(f)N−1∑n<N​Q(f)n→Q∗(f) and the identity Q∗(f)y(f)=0Q^*(f)y(f)=0Q∗(f)y(f)=0, which rest on Blackwell's Lemma 1 about Markov matrices.

Formalization scope

The development builds on the published Lean model of Blackwell (1962): Model (states St, actions Act, incomes, transition law), Policy (indexed from 000, so π 0 is f1f_1f1​), Qn, V, IsNearlyOptimal (= 1-optimal), limitMatrix, and the closed forms x, y. Conventions:

  • State and action sets are finite and nonempty, and every action is available in every state (As=AA_s=AAs​=A).
  • Vectors are real functions on states with the pointwise order; limits of vectors are coordinatewise; limits in NNN are along the natural numbers. The Cesàro mean in limitMatrix uses N+1N+1N+1 terms rather than Veinott's NNN; the limit is the same.
  • x(f)x(f)x(f) and y(f)y(f)y(f) are their closed forms; Theorem 3 asserts they are the unique solutions of Veinott's (2) and (3).
  • 1-optimality is Blackwell's "nearly optimal", formulated without U(β)U(\beta)U(β), against all policies.
  • In Theorem 7 the limit is an extended-real limit, stated as: for every ggg and every state, the real sequence converges in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞] to some L≥0L\ge0L≥0. A real-valued limit would make the statement false whenever x(f)s≠x(g)sx(f)_s\ne x(g)_sx(f)s​=x(g)s​; the comparison class is the stationary policies g∞g^\inftyg∞ only, and it must not be narrowed to g∈F′g\in F'g∈F′.

The shared module defines F′F'F′ and F′′F''F′′; this chunk defines Vn(π)V^n(\pi)Vn(π). Contributions are welcome for any milestone, and in particular for reusable lemmas about Cesàro means of powers of a Markov matrix, which the proofs of (27) and (28) and Blackwell's Lemma 1 share.

Selected references

  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., On Finding Optimal Policies in Discrete Dynamic Programming with No Discounting, Ann. Math. Statist. 37(5):1284–1294, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699272
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, Wiley, New York, 1960.
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., Discrete Dynamic Programming with Sensitive Discount Optimality Criteria, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(5):1635–1660, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697379
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Inventory Control in a Fluctuating Demand Environment II: With a Fixed Order Cost, a World-Dependent (r, S) Policy Is Optimal and Lies within Veinott-Type BoundsResearch Paper

Motivation

Demand for many products is not stationary: it rises and falls with the economy, the season, a product's life cycle or a customer's state. Song and Zipkin (1993) (DOI 10.1287/opre.41.2.351) model this by a world-driven demand process: an exogenous Markov chain AAA (the "state of the world") whose current state sets the rate of a Poisson demand stream. The model contains the classical stationary inventory model as the case of one world state, and it is a standard example of a Markov-modulated decision problem in operations research.

For stationary demand with a fixed order cost, optimal (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies go back to Scarf (1960) for finite horizons and Iglehart (1963) for the infinite horizon; Veinott (1966) bounded the optimal parameters by quantities computed from the one-period cost alone. This mission formalizes the extension of both results to the fluctuating-demand model (§3.2 of the paper). A companion mission treats the linear order-cost case, in which a world-dependent basestock policy is optimal.

Setting

The world AAA is a continuous-time Markov chain on a countable set III with generator (qij)(q_{ij})(qij​), qi=−qii=∑j≠iqijq_i = -q_{ii} = \sum_{j\neq i} q_{ij}qi​=−qii​=∑j=i​qij​, and bounded rates. While A=iA = iA=i, unit demands arrive at Poisson rate λi\lambda_iλi​; shortages are backlogged. An order arrives after a random lead time LLL, independent of the world and the demand. The inventory position x∈Zx \in \mathbb Zx∈Z is on-hand stock minus backorders plus stock on order.

Costs: a fixed cost Kˉ\bar KKˉ per order and a unit cost cˉ\bar ccˉ, both paid on arrival; a holding cost rate h>0h > 0h>0 and a penalty cost rate p>0p > 0p>0; a discount rate α>0\alpha > 0α>0. With F~L(α)=E[e−αL]\tilde F_L(\alpha) = E[e^{-\alpha L}]F~L​(α)=E[e−αL], the discounted costs are c=cˉF~L(α)c = \bar c\tilde F_L(\alpha)c=cˉF~L​(α) and K=KˉF~L(α)K = \bar K\tilde F_L(\alpha)K=KˉF~L​(α). If DLiD^i_LDLi​ is the demand during a lead time from world state iii and C^(x)=max⁡{−px,hx}\hat C(x) = \max\{-px, hx\}C^(x)=max{−px,hx},

C(i,y)=E[e−αLC^(y−DLi)].C(i, y) = E\big[e^{-\alpha L}\hat C(y - D^i_L)\big].C(i,y)=E[e−αLC^(y−DLi​)].

Uniformization at a rate μ≥sup⁡iqi+sup⁡iλi\mu \ge \sup_i q_i + \sup_i\lambda_iμ≥supi​qi​+supi​λi​ turns the problem into a discrete-time dynamic program with β=1/(μ+α)\beta = 1/(\mu+\alpha)β=1/(μ+α), γ=βμ\gamma = \beta\muγ=βμ and the myopic cost G+(i,y)=(1−γ)cy+βC(i,y)G^+(i, y) = (1-\gamma)cy + \beta C(i, y)G+(i,y)=(1−γ)cy+βC(i,y). For a terminal cost W0W_0W0​ the nnn-stage costs satisfy the recursion (10):

Wn(i,x)=min⁡y≥x{Kδ(y−x)+Gn(i,y)},W_n(i, x) = \min_{y\ge x}\{K\delta(y-x) + G_n(i, y)\},Wn​(i,x)=y≥xmin​{Kδ(y−x)+Gn​(i,y)}, Gn(i,y)=G+(i,y)+βλic+β{λiWn−1(i,y−1)+∑j≠iqijWn−1(j,y)+(μ−λi−qi)Wn−1(i,y)},G_n(i, y) = G^+(i, y) + \beta\lambda_i c + \beta\Big\{\lambda_i W_{n-1}(i, y-1) + \sum_{j\neq i} q_{ij}W_{n-1}(j, y) + (\mu - \lambda_i - q_i)W_{n-1}(i, y)\Big\},Gn​(i,y)=G+(i,y)+βλi​c+β{λi​Wn−1​(i,y−1)+j=i∑​qij​Wn−1​(j,y)+(μ−λi​−qi​)Wn−1​(i,y)},

where δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 if z>0z > 0z>0 and δ(0)=0\delta(0) = 0δ(0)=0. Throughout, Assumption 1, αcˉ<p\alpha\bar c < pαcˉ<p, holds and K>0K > 0K>0. The terminal cost is the optimal cost W∞W_\inftyW∞​ of the linear model (K=0K = 0K=0); its G∞G_\inftyG∞​ is written G0G_0G0​, and y∗(i)y^*(i)y∗(i) is the smallest minimizer of G0(i,⋅)G_0(i, \cdot)G0​(i,⋅).

A function f:Z→Rf : \mathbb Z \to \mathbb Rf:Z→R is KKK-convex (Definition 2) if f(x)−f(x−b)ba+f(x)≤f(x+a)+K\frac{f(x)-f(x-b)}{b}a + f(x) \le f(x+a) + Kbf(x)−f(x−b)​a+f(x)≤f(x+a)+K for all xxx and all integers a,b>0a, b > 0a,b>0. The (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) policy with parameters {(r(i),S(i))}\{(r(i), S(i))\}{(r(i),S(i))} orders up to S(i)S(i)S(i) when x≤r(i)x \le r(i)x≤r(i) and the world is in state iii, and does not order otherwise. With y+(i)y^+(i)y+(i) the smallest minimizer of G+(i,⋅)G^+(i,\cdot)G+(i,⋅) and ymin⁡+=min⁡iy+(i)y^+_{\min} = \min_i y^+(i)ymin+​=mini​y+(i), the paper defines

S+(i)=min⁡{y≥y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>γK},r+(i)=max⁡{y<y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>(1−γ)K},r−(i)=max⁡{y<y∗(i):G0(i,y)−G0(i,y∗(i))>K},r−−(i)=max⁡{y<ymin⁡+:G+(i,y)−G+(i,ymin⁡+)>K}.\begin{aligned} S^+(i) &= \min\{y \ge y^+(i) : G^+(i, y) - G^+(i, y^+(i)) > \gamma K\},\\ r^+(i) &= \max\{y < y^+(i) : G^+(i, y) - G^+(i, y^+(i)) > (1-\gamma)K\},\\ r^-(i) &= \max\{y < y^*(i) : G_0(i, y) - G_0(i, y^*(i)) > K\},\\ r^{--}(i) &= \max\{y < y^+_{\min} : G^+(i, y) - G^+(i, y^+_{\min}) > K\}. \end{aligned}S+(i)r+(i)r−(i)r−−(i)​=min{y≥y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>γK},=max{y<y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>(1−γ)K},=max{y<y∗(i):G0​(i,y)−G0​(i,y∗(i))>K},=max{y<ymin+​:G+(i,y)−G+(i,ymin+​)>K}.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 5(e) and 6

Let Sn∗(i)S^*_n(i)Sn∗​(i) be the smallest minimizer of Gn(i,⋅)G_n(i,\cdot)Gn​(i,⋅) and rn∗(i)r^*_n(i)rn∗​(i) the largest y<Sn∗(i)y < S^*_n(i)y<Sn∗​(i) with Gn(i,y)>K+Gn(i,Sn∗(i))G_n(i, y) > K + G_n(i, S^*_n(i))Gn​(i,y)>K+Gn​(i,Sn∗​(i)). For every iii the sequence (rn∗(i),Sn∗(i))(r^*_n(i), S^*_n(i))(rn∗​(i),Sn∗​(i)) has limit points; for any choice of limit points (r∗(i),S∗(i))(r^*(i), S^*(i))(r∗(i),S∗(i)), the world-dependent (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) policy with these parameters is optimal for the infinite-horizon discounted problem, and

y∗(i)≤S∗(i)<S+(i),r−−(i)≤r−(i)≤r∗(i)≤r+(i).y^*(i) \le S^*(i) < S^+(i),\qquad r^{--}(i) \le r^-(i) \le r^*(i) \le r^+(i).y∗(i)≤S∗(i)<S+(i),r−−(i)≤r−(i)≤r∗(i)≤r+(i).

Milestones

Lemma 4 (uniform bounds on the iterates); Theorem 3 (KKK-convexity of GnG_nGn​, WnW_nWn​ and optimality of an (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) rule for each nnn-stage problem); Lemmas 5 and 6 (difference comparisons); Theorem 4 (the bounds above for every nnn); Theorem 5(a)–(d) (convergence of WnW_nWn​, GnG_nGn​, the (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) property of limit points, and the optimality equation (2)).

Significance

The result shows that the classical (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) structure survives Markov modulation of demand with an infinite world space and stochastic lead times: a stationary policy whose two parameters depend only on the current world state is optimal over the infinite horizon. The bounds of Theorem 6 locate those parameters in an interval computed from the myopic cost G+G^+G+ and the linear model alone, uniformly in the horizon.

The results are proved in the paper, except that Theorem 5 refers to Iglehart (1963) and Lemma 4 to Song's thesis. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would also produce reusable machinery: KKK-convexity on the integers, the Scarf-type inductive argument with a countable world state, and the passage from finite-horizon to infinite-horizon optimality for a nonnegative-cost Markov decision process with unbounded costs.

Difficulty

The one-period cost is unbounded in xxx and the world space may be infinite, so the usual contraction argument for discounted dynamic programs does not apply. Convergence of WnW_nWn​ needs the uniform bound of Lemma 4. Optimality of the limit policy needs a separate argument, because a pointwise limit of (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) rules need not exist: the parameter sequences are only known to have limit points. The lower bounds r−r^-r− and r−−r^{--}r−− hold only because the terminal cost is the linear model's optimal cost, which makes the difference comparisons of Lemma 6 possible; the paper notes that Lemma 6 depends on this choice of W0W_0W0​.

Formalization scope

All definitions live in the namespace SongZipkinFluct.FixedCost. Inventory positions and order-up-to levels are integers. The demand law DLiD^i_LDLi​ is defined through uniformization at rate μ\muμ, as an exact series representation of the Markov-modulated Poisson count, and the lead time is a probability law on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) independent of the rest. The standing conventions h,p,α>0h, p, \alpha > 0h,p,α>0, cˉ,Kˉ≥0\bar c, \bar K \ge 0cˉ,Kˉ≥0, μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and μ≥q∗+λ∗\mu \ge q^* + \lambda^*μ≥q∗+λ∗ are hypotheses of the model. Assumption 1 and Kˉ>0\bar K > 0Kˉ>0 are hypotheses of each theorem.

The iterates WnW_nWn​ are defined by the recursion (10), with the minimum written as an infimum over integers y≥xy \ge xy≥x. W∞W_\inftyW∞​ and G∞G_\inftyG∞​ are the suprema over nnn, which are finite and equal the limits by Lemma 4 and Theorem 3. Every minimizer and every extremal integer (y+y^+y+, ymin⁡+y^+_{\min}ymin+​, y∗y^*y∗, Sn∗S^*_nSn∗​, rn∗r^*_nrn∗​, S+S^+S+, r+r^+r+, r−r^-r−, r−−r^{--}r−−) is passed through its defining property, never through sInf/sSup on Z\mathbb ZZ. The goal also asserts that all of them exist, so its hypotheses can be met. A limit point of an integer sequence is a value taken infinitely often.

Optimality is over all deterministic history-dependent feasible policies and from every initial state. Costs are valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and a policy's cost is the supremum of its finite-horizon discounted costs in the uniformized problem (1). Restricting the comparison to (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) or stationary policies would trivialize the goal and is ruled out. KKK-convexity is the integer version of Definition 2, not convexity over Z\mathbb ZZ-scalars.

Welcome contributions: KKK-convexity calculus on Z\mathbb ZZ, convergence of the uniformized demand series, Lemma 4, and an Iglehart-type limit argument for countable-state Markov decision processes with nonnegative costs.

Selected references

  • J.-S. Song and P. Zipkin, Inventory Control in a Fluctuating Demand Environment, Operations Research 41(2):351–370, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.2.351
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2):259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., On the Optimality of (s, S) Inventory Policies: New Conditions and a New Proof, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 14(5):1067–1083, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1137/0114086
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes III: Under Full Backlogging, Class-j Rationing Levels Ignore Lower-Class Penalties and DemandsResearch Paper

Motivation

A single stock of one product often serves customers of different importance: emergency and routine orders for spare parts, contract and spot customers, high- and low-priority patients for a blood bank. When stock runs low, the question is not only how much to order but how much of the remaining stock to hand to the less important customers now, and how much to hold back for more important demand that may still arrive. Stock rationing policies answer this question with critical rationing levels: demand of a class is served only while the stock stays above that class's level.

Topkis (1968) studied this problem as a finite-horizon dynamic program with nnn demand classes, nonstationary costs and demands, and an arbitrary degree of backlogging. His Theorem 1 shows that, when each interval has either complete backlogging or none, a policy given by critical levels zˉt1≥⋯≥zˉtn\bar z_t^1 \ge \dots \ge \bar z_t^nzˉt1​≥⋯≥zˉtn​ is optimal. This mission concerns his Theorem 3, which treats the case of complete backlogging: the critical levels of a class do not depend on what happens in the classes below it.

Timeline. Veinott (1965) considered nnn demand classes but imposed the policy with all critical levels equal to 000. Topkis's 1966 report treated n=2n = 2n=2, partially duplicated independently by Evans (1968) and by Kaplan's 1966 report "Stock Rationing", in which, according to Topkis, the result of Theorem 3 was used implicitly. Topkis (1968) extended the analysis to nnn classes and stated Theorem 3 explicitly.

Setting

A period is divided into kkk intervals, indexed backwards: interval ttt is followed by t−1t - 1t−1 further intervals, and interval kkk is the first. There are nnn demand classes; class nnn is the most important. In interval ttt a random demand vector dt=(dt1,…,dtn)≥0d_t = (d_t^1, \dots, d_t^n) \ge 0dt​=(dt1​,…,dtn​)≥0 with law μt\mu_tμt​ and finite means arrives; demands in different intervals are independent. Given the stock zzz and the outstanding demand B=b+dtB = b + d_tB=b+dt​ (backlog bbb plus new demand), the decision is the vector uuu, 0≤u≤B0 \le u \le B0≤u≤B, of demand left unsatisfied; the stock drops to w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0w = z - \mathbf 1 \cdot (B - u) \ge 0w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0. A penalty pt⋅up_t \cdot upt​⋅u and a holding cost ht(w)h_t(w)ht​(w) are charged, and the backlog carried into the next interval is atua_t uat​u, with at=1a_t = 1at​=1 for complete backlogging. At the end of the period a salvage cost g0(z,b)=v1(z)+v2(z−1⋅b)g_0(z, b) = v_1(z) + v_2(z - \mathbf 1 \cdot b)g0​(z,b)=v1​(z)+v2​(z−1⋅b) is charged.

The standing assumptions are: hth_tht​ convex and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); v1v_1v1​ convex and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); v2v_2v2​ convex and continuous on R\mathbb RR with lim⁡w→−∞D+v2(w)>−∞\lim_{w \to -\infty} D^+ v_2(w) > -\inftylimw→−∞​D+v2​(w)>−∞; and 0≤pt1≤⋯≤ptn0 \le p_t^1 \le \dots \le p_t^n0≤pt1​≤⋯≤ptn​. The minimal expected cost satisfies the recursion (1):

ft(z,B)=inf⁡0≤u≤Bw=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0[pt⋅u+ht(w)+gt−1(w,atu)],gt(z,b)=E ft(z,b+dt).f_t(z, B) = \inf_{\substack{0 \le u \le B \\ w = z - \mathbf 1\cdot(B-u) \ge 0}} \big[p_t \cdot u + h_t(w) + g_{t-1}(w, a_t u)\big], \qquad g_t(z, b) = \mathbb E\, f_t(z, b + d_t).ft​(z,B)=0≤u≤Bw=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0​inf​[pt​⋅u+ht​(w)+gt−1​(w,at​u)],gt​(z,b)=Eft​(z,b+dt​).

With δj\delta_jδj​ the jjj-th unit vector, the critical rationing level zˉtj\bar z_t^jzˉtj​ is +∞+\infty+∞ if w↦ptjw+ht(w)+gt−1(w,atwδj)w \mapsto p_t^j w + h_t(w) + g_{t-1}(w, a_t w \delta_j)w↦ptj​w+ht​(w)+gt−1​(w,at​wδj​) is strictly decreasing on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), and is the smallest minimizer of that function on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) otherwise. D+D^+D+ denotes a right derivative.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Assume at+1=at=⋯=a1=1a_{t+1} = a_t = \dots = a_1 = 1at+1​=at​=⋯=a1​=1 and that the demands of different classes are independent in each interval. Fix a class jjj. Then for two instances of the model that differ only in the penalties pimp_i^mpim​ of the classes m≤j−1m \le j - 1m≤j−1 and in the demand distributions of the classes m≤jm \le jm≤j,

(a) the marginal quantities

Dz+gt(z,zδj)andDε+gt(w,ε(δj−δs)+b)∣ε=0(s>j, bs>0)D_z^+ g_t(z, z\delta_j) \quad\text{and}\quad D_\varepsilon^+ g_t\big(w, \varepsilon(\delta_j - \delta_s) + b\big)\big|_{\varepsilon = 0} \quad (s > j,\ b^s > 0)Dz+​gt​(z,zδj​)andDε+​gt​(w,ε(δj​−δs​)+b)​ε=0​(s>j, bs>0)

coincide, and

(b) the critical rationing levels zˉt+1j\bar z_{t+1}^jzˉt+1j​ coincide.

Milestones

  1. The claim in the proof of Theorem 3 (p. 173): for j<sj < sj<s and Bs>0B^s > 0Bs>0, Dε+gt(z,ε(δj−δs)+B)∣ε=0D_\varepsilon^+ g_t(z, \varepsilon(\delta_j - \delta_s) + B)|_{\varepsilon=0}Dε+​gt​(z,ε(δj​−δs​)+B)∣ε=0​ is independent of B1,…,BjB^1, \dots, B^jB1,…,Bj.
  2. Theorem 3 (a) on its own, from which the page derives (b).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 reduces the size of the problem. Under complete backlogging, class 1 demand does not influence any critical rationing level, and the class-jjj critical levels can be found from a problem with only the n−j+1n - j + 1n−j+1 classes j,…,nj, \dots, nj,…,n, with a degenerate demand distribution for class jjj. Since computing the levels requires tabulating functions of several variables, which Topkis calls prohibitive for large nnn, this is the observation that makes the levels of the most important classes computable.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper by a short sketch that points to two case formulas, (16) and (17), to Theorem 1 (c), and to an interchange of expectation and right derivative. A machine-checked proof would supply the induction, the case analysis and the interchange in full. No formalization of any part of Topkis's paper is known: the result is proved on paper, not formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is an induction on ttt showing that gtg_tgt​ itself does not depend on the lower classes. It fails: gtg_tgt​ does depend on the penalties and demands of every class, since lower-class demand is still served and penalized. Only certain directional derivatives are invariant, and these derivatives depend on the critical levels of every class l≥jl \ge jl≥j and on the optimal rationing decision, which themselves change from one instance to the other unless the invariance is already known for the previous interval. The derivatives are one-sided, may be −∞-\infty−∞ at the boundary, and must be passed through an expectation.

Formalization scope

The Lean development, in namespace TopkisRation.Backlog, fixes these conventions:

  • classes are Fin n (class jjj of the paper is index j−1j-1j−1); intervals are natural numbers counted backwards; vectors are ordered pointwise;
  • ftf_tft​ is defined by the recursion (1), with sInf for the infimum and the Bochner integral for E\mathbb EE, and every statement restricts to z≥0z \ge 0z≥0, b≥0b \ge 0b≥0;
  • D+D^+D+ is an extended-real right derivative (a liminf of difference quotients); Dz+gt(z,zδj)D_z^+ g_t(z, z\delta_j)Dz+​gt​(z,zδj​) is the derivative along the ray in which the stock and the class-jjj backlog move together;
  • zˉtj\bar z_t^jzˉtj​ takes values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}R∪{+∞} and is specified by a predicate (smallest minimizer, or +∞+\infty+∞ for a strictly decreasing function), never by a real sInf;
  • the limit in (B) is read as "D+v2D^+ v_2D+v2​ is bounded below";
  • independence of the classes in interval iii is independence of the coordinate maps under μi\mu_iμi​.

"Does not depend on" is stated with two instances MMM, M′M'M′ that agree on every datum the conclusion uses except the freed ones: the same kkk, v1v_1v1​, v2v_2v2​, the same hih_ihi​ and the same pimp_i^mpim​ for m≥jm \ge jm≥j in intervals i≤t+1i \le t+1i≤t+1, and the same class-mmm marginal law for m>jm > jm>j in every interval. The penalty of class jjj itself is not freed. Data of intervals beyond t+1t+1t+1 and the ordering cost are unconstrained. Part (b) is stated for arbitrary critical levels of the two instances; existence of critical levels is part of the paper's §1 and is not assumed away, so (b) is not vacuous. The goal does not assume the p. 173 claim, the case formulas (16)–(17), or Theorem 1. Encoding "does not depend" as "is a function of the remaining data" is ruled out.

Needed infrastructure: one-sided derivatives of convex functions and their monotone limits, interchange of right derivative and expectation for convex integrands, and the convexity and rationing-policy results of §1 (Theorem 1, Lemma 2). These are reusable for the other missions of this series. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a formal version of (16)–(17), and the existence of critical levels.

Selected references

  • D. M. Topkis, Optimal ordering and rationing policies in a nonstationary dynamic inventory model with n demand classes, Management Science 15(3):160–176, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.3.160
  • A. F. Veinott Jr., Optimal policy in a dynamic, single product, nonstationary inventory model with several demand classes, Operations Research 13(5):761–778, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.13.5.761
  • R. V. Evans, Sales and restocking policies in a single item inventory system, Management Science 14(7):463–472, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.14.7.463
  • A. Kaplan, Stock Rationing, report, December 1966 (reference [4] of Topkis 1968).
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Ordering and Rationing Policies in a Nonstationary Dynamic Inventory Model with n Demand Classes II: Without Backlogging, the Critical Rationing Levels Are Nondecreasing in tResearch Paper

Motivation

A firm that holds a single stock of one product often faces demand from several classes of customers that differ in importance: emergency and routine orders for spare parts, contract and spot customers, high- and low-priority users of a military supply system. When stock runs low it can pay to refuse a less important demand now in order to keep stock for a more important demand that may arrive later. Veinott (Operations Research 13 (1965), 761–778) studied a dynamic inventory model with several demand classes but required the specific policy that serves every class whenever stock is available. Topkis (Management Science 15 (1968), 160–176) treated the dynamic version, in which demands arrive over the intervals of a period between two procurements, and showed that the optimal rationing policy has a simple form described by one critical rationing level per class and interval.

This mission concerns how those critical levels move over time. The paper's Theorem 2 gives a condition under which, without backlogging, the levels are monotone in the interval index, so that rationing is at least as strict early in the period as late in it. It is the second of four missions on the paper; the first establishes the critical-level policy itself (Theorem 1).

Setting

A period is divided into kkk intervals, indexed backwards: interval ttt has t−1t-1t−1 intervals after it, so interval kkk is the first and interval 1 the last. There are nnn demand classes, class nnn the most important. At the start of interval ttt the demand vector dt=(dt1,…,dtn)d_t = (d_t^1,\dots,d_t^n)dt​=(dt1​,…,dtn​) is observed; demands of different intervals are independent, and each class has a finite mean. With backlog bbb and stock zzz, one decides the vector uuu of outstanding demand left unsatisfied, 0≤u≤B=b+dt0 \le u \le B = b + d_t0≤u≤B=b+dt​, using 1⋅(B−u)\mathbf 1\cdot(B-u)1⋅(B−u) units of stock, so the stock at the end of the interval is w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0w = z - \mathbf 1\cdot(B-u) \ge 0w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0. A fraction at≥0a_t \ge 0at​≥0 of the unsatisfied demand is carried as backlog atua_t uat​u into the next interval: at=1a_t = 1at​=1 is complete backlogging, at=0a_t = 0at​=0 none.

The costs are a penalty pt⋅up_t\cdot upt​⋅u with 0≤pt1≤⋯≤ptn0 \le p_t^1 \le \dots \le p_t^n0≤pt1​≤⋯≤ptn​ (Assumption (C)), a holding cost ht(w)h_t(w)ht​(w) continuous and convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (Assumption (A)), and a salvage cost v1(z)+v2(z−1⋅b)v_1(z) + v_2(z - \mathbf 1\cdot b)v1​(z)+v2​(z−1⋅b) at the end of the period, with v1v_1v1​, v2v_2v2​ convex and continuous and D+v2D^+v_2D+v2​ bounded below (Assumption (B)). Here D+D^+D+ denotes the right derivative. The optimal costs satisfy the recursion (1)

ft(z,B)=inf⁡0≤u≤B, w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0[pt⋅u+ht(w)+gt−1(w,atu)],gt(z,b)=Eft(z,b+dt),f_t(z,B) = \inf_{0\le u\le B,\ w = z-\mathbf 1\cdot(B-u)\ge 0}\bigl[p_t\cdot u + h_t(w) + g_{t-1}(w, a_t u)\bigr],\qquad g_t(z,b) = \mathbb E f_t(z, b+d_t),ft​(z,B)=0≤u≤B, w=z−1⋅(B−u)≥0inf​[pt​⋅u+ht​(w)+gt−1​(w,at​u)],gt​(z,b)=Eft​(z,b+dt​),

with g0(z,b)=v1(z)+v2(z−1⋅b)g_0(z,b) = v_1(z) + v_2(z-\mathbf 1\cdot b)g0​(z,b)=v1​(z)+v2​(z−1⋅b).

With δj\delta_jδj​ the jjj-th unit vector, the critical rationing level zˉtj∈[0,∞]\bar z_t^j\in[0,\infty]zˉtj​∈[0,∞] is +∞+\infty+∞ if φtj(w)=ptjw+ht(w)+gt−1(w,atwδj)\varphi_t^j(w) = p_t^j w + h_t(w) + g_{t-1}(w, a_t w\delta_j)φtj​(w)=ptj​w+ht​(w)+gt−1​(w,at​wδj​) is strictly decreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and the smallest minimizer of φtj\varphi_t^jφtj​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) otherwise. Under the paper's Theorem 1 the rationing level policy uj=(B(j)−z+zˉtj)+∧Bju^j = (B^{(j)} - z + \bar z_t^j)^+\wedge B^juj=(B(j)−z+zˉtj​)+∧Bj, with B(j)=∑i≥jBiB^{(j)} = \sum_{i\ge j}B^iB(j)=∑i≥j​Bi, is optimal: class jjj is served from stock only while the stock stays at or above zˉtj\bar z_t^jzˉtj​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 170)

Let 1≤t1\le t1≤t, t+1≤kt+1\le kt+1≤k, at+1=at=0a_{t+1} = a_t = 0at+1​=at​=0, and ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\}ai​∈{0,1} for i≤ti\le ti≤t. If

pt+1j+lim⁡z→∞D+ht+1(z)≤ptj,thenzˉtj≤zˉt+1j.p_{t+1}^j + \lim_{z\to\infty}D^+h_{t+1}(z) \le p_t^j, \qquad\text{then}\qquad \bar z_t^j \le \bar z_{t+1}^j .pt+1j​+z→∞lim​D+ht+1​(z)≤ptj​,thenzˉtj​≤zˉt+1j​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5 (p. 168). For b≤bˉb\le\bar bb≤bˉ: Dz+gt(z,bˉ)≤Dz+gt(z,b)D_z^+g_t(z,\bar b)\le D_z^+g_t(z,b)Dz+​gt​(z,bˉ)≤Dz+​gt​(z,b).
  2. Lemma 6 (p. 168). For z≤zˉz\le\bar zz≤zˉ and y≥0y\ge 0y≥0: gt(zˉ,b)−gt(z,b)≤gt(zˉ+1⋅y,b+y)−gt(z+1⋅y,b+y)g_t(\bar z,b)-g_t(z,b)\le g_t(\bar z+\mathbf 1\cdot y,b+y)-g_t(z+\mathbf 1\cdot y,b+y)gt​(zˉ,b)−gt​(z,b)≤gt​(zˉ+1⋅y,b+y)−gt​(z+1⋅y,b+y).
  3. (12) (p. 170). If b=0b=0b=0 or at=1a_t=1at​=1, for small ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and every d≥0d\ge0d≥0, the difference quotients of ft(⋅,b+d)f_t(\cdot,b+d)ft​(⋅,b+d), ft(⋅,b)f_t(\cdot,b)ft​(⋅,b) and ht+gt−1(⋅,b)h_t+g_{t-1}(\cdot,b)ht​+gt−1​(⋅,b) at zzz are ordered.
  4. Lemma 7 (p. 169). If at=1a_t = 1at​=1 or b=0b = 0b=0: Dz+gt(z,b)≤D+ht(z)+Dz+gt−1(z,b)D_z^+g_t(z,b)\le D^+h_t(z)+D_z^+g_{t-1}(z,b)Dz+​gt​(z,b)≤D+ht​(z)+Dz+​gt−1​(z,b).

Significance

The result says that, in intervals without backlogging, the stock reserved against a class is never larger late in the period than early in it, provided the class's penalty in the earlier interval plus the eventual marginal holding cost does not exceed its penalty in the later interval. Together with Theorem 1 it reduces the dynamic rationing problem to a family of one-dimensional critical numbers with a known order in both the class and the time index. The paper's example on p. 170 shows that the analogous monotonicity fails with backlogging, so the hypothesis at+1=at=0a_{t+1} = a_t = 0at+1​=at​=0 is essential.

The paper's proofs are complete but informal: they interchange expectation and right-derivative limits, and rest on Lemma 2 (convexity and attainment) and Theorem 1 (c). No part of this paper has been machine-checked. This mission produces formal statements of Theorem 2 and the three lemmas it rests on; contributions that formalize the known proofs, or that settle whether the extra hypothesis on earlier backlogging fractions (below) can be dropped, are equally in scope.

Difficulty

The central difficulty is Lemma 7, the comparison of the marginal value of stock in two consecutive intervals. The value functions are defined through an infimum and an expectation, so they are convex but not differentiable, and the minimizer in (1) changes regime each time the stock crosses a critical level; differentiating (1) directly is not available. Right derivatives may also be −∞-\infty−∞ at z=0z = 0z=0, and statements about them have to survive an interchange of expectation and a one-sided limit. The lemma depends on the optimal policy of Theorem 1, which is the subject of the first mission of this series. The claim of Lemma 7 is false when at=0a_t = 0at​=0 and b≠0b\ne0b=0 (p. 168), so no argument can ignore the case split.

Formalization scope

  • Classes are Fin n (paper class jjj is index j−1j-1j−1); intervals are natural numbers counted backwards; vectors are Fin n → ℝ with the pointwise order.
  • ftf_tft​ and gtg_tgt​ are defined by the recursion (1) with sInf and the Bochner integral, and every statement restricts to z≥0z\ge0z≥0, b≥0b\ge0b≥0, where the paper's Lemma 2 (proved in the first mission of the series) makes the infimum finite and attained and the integrand integrable.
  • D+D^+D+ is an extended-real liminf of right difference quotients, never a real derivWithin, which would return 000 where the right derivative is −∞-\infty−∞. Sums of right derivatives are taken in EReal.
  • The standing assumptions (A), (B), (C), at≥0a_t\ge0at​≥0, and probability laws on [0,∞)n[0,\infty)^n[0,∞)n with finite means are bundled in Model.Standing; (B)'s limit condition is read as "D+v2D^+v_2D+v2​ is bounded below".
  • Critical levels are values in WithTop ℝ satisfying the defining predicate (strictly decreasing ⇒ +∞+\infty+∞, otherwise the smallest minimizer); the theorem holds for any such choice. Their existence is a milestone of the first mission; a sanity check exhibits a model in which all hypotheses of Theorem 2 hold with zˉtj=zˉt+1j=0\bar z_t^j = \bar z_{t+1}^j = 0zˉtj​=zˉt+1j​=0.
  • The penalty hypothesis is stated for all z≥0z\ge0z≥0 instead of as a limit; these agree because D+ht+1D^+h_{t+1}D+ht+1​ is nondecreasing.
  • Disclosed addition: Theorem 2 is stated with ai∈{0,1}a_i\in\{0,1\}ai​∈{0,1} for all i≤ti\le ti≤t, the hypothesis of Lemma 7 that its proof uses; the printed statement names only at+1=at=0a_{t+1}=a_t=0at+1​=at​=0. The hypothesis on aia_iai​ in Lemmas 5–7 is required only for i≤ti\le ti≤t.
  • A formalization in which the goal assumes Lemma 7's inequality, or any property of D+gtD^+g_tD+gt​, would be trivial and is excluded: those facts appear only as milestones.

Selected references

  • D. M. Topkis, Optimal ordering and rationing policies in a nonstationary dynamic inventory model with n demand classes, Management Science 15(3) (1968), 160–176. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.3.160
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., Optimal policy in a dynamic, single product, nonstationary inventory model with several demand classes, Operations Research 13(5) (1965), 761–778. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.13.5.761
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Inventory Policies for Assembly Systems Under Random Demands 1: In Long-Run Balance, an Assembly System Has the Optimal Policies of an Equivalent Series SystemResearch Paper

Motivation

An assembly system must coordinate the production of components that meet at a common downstream item. A shortage of any required component can delay the finished product, while producing a component too early incurs holding cost. In Rosling's 1989 study, the central question is whether optimal decisions for such a tree can be understood using the simpler theory of a pure series inventory system. The paper proves an equivalence when the initial inventory positions are in a condition it calls long-run balance. That equivalence gives a precise route from an assembly network to serial inventory control without discarding its lead times or its discounted costs.

Setting

There are items 1,…,N1,\ldots,N1,…,N in a tree rooted at end item 111. Every item i>1i>1i>1 has one immediate successor s(i)<is(i)<is(i)<i; one unit of each component is needed for an end unit. Let lil_ili​ be the production or delivery lead time of item iii. The total lead time MiM_iMi​ is the sum of lead times on the path from iii to the end item, with M0=0M_0=0M0​=0, and the equivalent lead time is Li=Mi−Mi−1L_i=M_i-M_{i-1}Li​=Mi​−Mi−1​. Items are indexed so that MiM_iMi​ is nondecreasing. These definitions and indexing conditions are in §§1–2 of the paper.

At the beginning of each period ttt, outstanding orders arrive, the controller chooses the post-order echelon position YitY_{it}Yit​, and then demand ξt\xi_tξt​ for the end item occurs. The pre-order position is XitX_{it}Xit​, while XktlX^l_{kt}Xktl​ is the position of predecessor kkk from orders old enough to arrive after its lead time. A decision is feasible when Xit≤Yit≤XktlX_{it}\le Y_{it}\le X^l_{kt}Xit​≤Yit​≤Xktl​ for every immediate predecessor kkk of iii. Decisions depend only on demands already observed. The demands are independent and identically distributed, nonnegative, and have a density and a finite positive mean.

The discounted Problem P charges echelon holding cost hih_ihi​ for item iii and a shortage coefficient p+H1p+H_1p+H1​ for the end item. Its discount factor is α\alphaα. The objective is the expectation of the sum over periods of the holding charges and the expected end-item shortfall over l1+1l_1+1l1​+1 demands, with a constant independent of the policy. The paper's Assumption requires every hi>0h_i>0hi​>0 and ∑ihiα−Ms(i)<p+H1\sum_i h_i\alpha^{-M_{s(i)}}<p+H_1∑i​hi​α−Ms(i)​<p+H1​. The system is in long-run balance in period ttt when positions of adjacent items, compared at the same age relative to total lead time, satisfy equation (5):

XitMi−μ≤Xi+1,tMi+1−μ(1≤i<N, 0≤μ<Mi).X^{M_i-\mu}_{it}\le X^{M_{i+1}-\mu}_{i+1,t} \quad(1\le i<N,\ 0\le\mu<M_i).XitMi​−μ​≤Xi+1,tMi+1​−μ​(1≤i<N, 0≤μ<Mi​).

Formalization targets

Equivalent series optimal policies

The equivalent series system has successor i−1i-1i−1, lead time LiL_iLi​, the same demand law and shortage coefficient, and holding coefficient hiαli−Lih_i\alpha^{l_i-L_i}hi​αli​−Li​. Theorem 2 states that its optimal policies and those of the assembly system agree when the assembly system is initially in long-run balance. In the formal statement, the first inclusion is unconditional; the reverse inclusion is conditional on Problem P attaining an optimum:

Opt⁡(P)⊆Opt⁡(Pseries),Opt⁡(P)≠∅⟹Opt⁡(Pseries)⊆Opt⁡(P).\operatorname{Opt}(P)\subseteq\operatorname{Opt}(P_{\mathrm{series}}), \qquad \operatorname{Opt}(P)\ne\varnothing \Longrightarrow \operatorname{Opt}(P_{\mathrm{series}})\subseteq\operatorname{Opt}(P).Opt(P)⊆Opt(Pseries​),Opt(P)=∅⟹Opt(Pseries​)⊆Opt(P).

The target includes Lemmas 1 and 2, Theorem 1, Corollary 1, and the cost identity displayed in the proof of Theorem 2. Lemma 1 limits excess production, Lemma 2 gives a production lower bound, Theorem 1 describes when long-run balance is reached and preserved, and Corollary 1 uses the adjacent series position in that result. Each is stated at the strength given on pp. 568–569 of the paper.

Significance

Theorem 2 identifies the same policy choices in a tree assembly problem and a series problem whose stages have modified lead times and holding coefficients. It makes the serial interpretation exact for initially balanced systems and supports the paper's later discussion of series-system calculations. The statement is an equivalence of optimal policies, rather than just an equality of numerical values, so both the feasible-policy comparison and the cost comparison matter.

The theorem and its supporting results are proved in the 1989 paper; they have not been machine-checked in this development. A complete formalization would supply a reusable account of finite-history inventory policies, random demand histories, echelon positions, and extended-real discounted objectives. The published serial model SupplyChainTheory_multiechelon represents a different stage-indexed system; the assembly tree, its initial pipeline, and Problem P still need their own definitions. The paper's order-up-to Corollary 2 relies on an extension of earlier serial results and is outside this target.

Difficulty

The first natural comparison is to replace the tree's predecessor constraints with adjacent-item constraints. Those feasible sets are not equal for arbitrary states: positions at different total lead times can cross, and initial orders placed before period 1 affect the earliest periods. Long-run balance controls the necessary position comparisons, but equation (5) is empty for an item with Mi=0M_i=0Mi​=0. The printed proof also uses a middle inequality outside the range covered by equation (5) when an equivalent lead time vanishes. A faithful statement must account for these boundary cases without defining the series problem through the assembly problem's optimal policies.

Formalization scope

Items use the paper's indices 1,…,N1,\ldots,N1,…,N, with N≥1N\ge1N≥1 and s(1)=0s(1)=0s(1)=0. Lean period kkk is paper period t=k+1t=k+1t=k+1; the policy sees exactly kkk earlier demands. The common demand law ν\nuν is a probability measure on the reals, concentrated on nonnegative values, absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure, integrable, and of positive mean. The law of demand over l1+1l_1+1l1​+1 periods is the pushforward of a finite product law under summation. Feasibility and the optimal-policy bounds are almost-sure statements, so changes on null histories do not alter them. Pathwise balance results quantify over one nonnegative demand path.

Initial positions include the orders placed before period 1. Their ages are monotone and obey the predecessor constraints inherited from that past. In addition to the paper's initial long-run balance, a separate boundary condition carries the missing comparison when Mi=0M_i=0Mi​=0. Discounting is restricted to 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1: at α=1\alpha=1α=1 the paper specifies average cost through a separate limiting prescription. The formal cost lies in the extended reals and is computed from its positive and negative parts; under the Assumption, feasible policies have a finite negative part. The policy-independent constant of equation (2) is omitted from both systems. “Optimal” means feasible and no more costly than every feasible policy, never a default value of an empty infimum.

The series system is built as a second instance of the same model, using the paper's successor, lead-time, and holding-coefficient transformations. Its cost and constraint (3) are then computed by the shared definitions. Contributions toward the lead-time identities, almost-sure policy comparisons, finite-time balance theorem, and extended-real cost identity are all part of the scope.

Selected references

  • Kaj Rosling, Optimal Inventory Policies for Assembly Systems under Random Demands, Operations Research 37(4):565–579, 1989. DOI: 10.1287/opre.37.4.565.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 5Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me